Glossary
Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language
This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.
This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.
This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.
The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.
This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.
This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.
This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.
g.1
a bodhisattva’s full maturity
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’i skyon med pa
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་སྐྱོན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: bodhisattvanyāma
g.2
[a body] that is beautiful in all respects
Wylie: kun nas mdzes pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit: samantaprāsādika
Thirty-ninth of the eighty minor marks.
g.3
abandonment of all indolence
Wylie: le lo thams cad spangs pa
Tibetan: ལེ་ལོ་ཐམས་ཅད་སྤངས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvakausīdyāpagato
The forty-fourth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.4
abandonment of magical display
Wylie: sgyu ma rnam par spangs pa
Tibetan: སྒྱུ་མ་རྣམ་པར་སྤངས་པ།
Sanskrit: māyāvivarjito
The twelfth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.5
abdomen that is not wrinkled
Wylie: phyal ma zhom pa
Tibetan: ཕྱལ་མ་ཞོམ་པ།
Sanskrit: abhugnakukṣi
Thirty-fifth of the eighty minor marks.
g.6
Ābha
Wylie: snang ba
Tibetan: སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: ābha
Fifth of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Radiance.”
g.7
Ābhāsvara
Wylie: ’od gsal, kun snang dang ba
Tibetan: འོད་གསལ།, ཀུན་སྣང་དང་བ།
Sanskrit: ābhāsvara
Eighth of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Inner Radiance.” See also n.110.
g.8
Abhibodhyaṅgapuṣpa
Wylie: byang chub kyi yan lag me tog
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: abhibodhyaṅgapuṣpa
Name of a series of many buddhas.
g.9
Abhirati
Wylie: mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: abhirati
The buddhafield of Akṣobhya.
g.10
abiding in space
Wylie: nam mkha’i gnas la gnas pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་གནས་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: ākāśāvasthita
A meditative stability.
g.11
abiding in the real nature without mentation
Wylie: de bzhin nyid la gnas shing sems med pa
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད་ལ་གནས་ཤིང་སེམས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: tathatāsthitaniścita
The 116th meditative stability in both chapter 6 and chapter 8.
g.12
abiding nature of phenomena
Wylie: chos kyi gnas nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་གནས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmasthititā
A synonym for emptiness, and the realm of phenomena (dharmadhātu).
g.13
abiding nature of reality
Wylie: chos kyi gnas nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་གནས་ཉིད།
g.14
abiding without mentation
Wylie: sems med par gnas pa
Tibetan: སེམས་མེད་པར་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: niścitta
The 79th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.15
absence of afflicted mental states
Wylie: kun nas nyon mongs pa med pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṃkliṣṭo
The thirty-sixth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.16
absence of disharmony
Wylie: ’thun pa dang ’gal ba med pa
Tibetan: འཐུན་པ་དང་འགལ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: rodhavirodhapratirodha
The 104th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.17
absence of joy with respect to all happiness and suffering
Wylie: bde ba dang sdug bsngal thams cad la mngon par dga’ ba med pa
Tibetan: བདེ་བ་དང་སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvasukhaduḥkhanirabhinandī
The 99th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.18
absence of mentation in all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad sems pa med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་སེམས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmāmanana
The fourth of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.19
absence of preoccupation
Wylie: tshol bar sbyor ba med pa
Tibetan: ཚོལ་བར་སྦྱོར་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anadhyavasāyadharmayogatām upādāȳa
g.20
absolute existence
Wylie: yongs su grub pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: pariniṣpanna
g.21
absolute stability
Wylie: shin tu brtan pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: supratiṣṭhita
g.22
absorbed in the absorption of cessation
Wylie: ’gog pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan: འགོག་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: nirodhasamāpatti
g.23
absorption
Wylie: snyoms par ’jug, mnyam par bzhag
Tibetan: སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག, མཉམ་པར་བཞག
Sanskrit: samāpatti, samāhita
The Sanskrit literally means “attainment,” and is used to refer specifically to meditative attainment and to particular meditative states. The Tibetan translators interpreted it as sama-āpatti, which suggests the idea of “equal” or “level”; however, they also parsed it as sam-āpatti, in which case it would have the sense of “concentration” or “absorption,” much like samādhi, but with the added sense of “attainment.”Also rendered here as “meditative absorption.”
g.24
acceptance that phenomena are nonarising
Wylie: mi skye ba’i chos la bzod pa
Tibetan: མི་སྐྱེ་བའི་ཆོས་ལ་བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit: anutapattikadharmakṣānti
The bodhisattvas’ realization that all phenomena are unproduced and empty. It sustains them on the difficult path of benefiting all beings so that they do not succumb to the goal of personal liberation. Different sources link this realization to the first or eighth bodhisattva level (bhūmi).
g.25
accepted
Wylie: yongs su zin pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་ཟིན་པ།
Sanskrit: parigṛhīta
Also translated here as “favored.”
g.26
accumulation of all attributes
Wylie: yon tan thams cad kyi tshogs su gyur pa
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཚོགས་སུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvaguṇasaṃcaya
The 78th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.27
acquired on the basis of the true nature
Wylie: chos nyid kyis thob pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཉིད་ཀྱིས་ཐོབ་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmatāpratilambhika
The acquisition of vows through direct insight into the nature of reality rather than through formal ceremony.
g.28
acquisitiveness
Wylie: kun tu ’dzin pa’i sems, yongs su ’dzin pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་འཛིན་པའི་སེམས།, ཡོངས་སུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: āgrahacitta, udgrahacitta, parigraha
g.29
act effectively
Wylie: mthur ’gyur
Tibetan: མཐུར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit: puruṣakāro bhavati
g.30
actual birth
Wylie: skye ba
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: jāti
Eleventh of the twelve links of dependent origination.
g.31
actual entity denoted by the word
Wylie: tshig gi don
Tibetan: ཚིག་གི་དོན།
Sanskrit: padārtha
See n.247.
g.32
actualize
Wylie: mngon par sgrub pa, mngon par byed pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་སྒྲུབ་པ།, མངོན་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Also translated in this text as “come into being.”
g.33
actualizing great compassion
Wylie: snying rje chen po mngon du bya ba
Tibetan: སྙིང་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོ་མངོན་དུ་བྱ་བ།
Sanskrit: mahākaruṇāmukhīkarma
Sixth of the eight attributes of the second level.
g.34
actualizing images on the surface of a mirror
Wylie: me long gi dkyil ’khor ltar rab tu snang ba mngon par sgrub pa
Tibetan: མེ་ལོང་གི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་ལྟར་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ་མངོན་པར་སྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: ādarśamaṇḍalapratibhāsanirhāro
The thirteenth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.35
actualizing the embodiment of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi bdag nyid mngon par sgrub pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་བདག་ཉིད་མངོན་པར་སྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmātmabhāvābhinirhāro
The eleventh of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.36
afflicted
Wylie: kun nas nyon mongs pa, nyon mongs
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ།, ཉོན་མོངས།
Sanskrit: saṃkleśika, vihanyati
See “afflicted mental state.”
g.37
afflicted mental state
Wylie: kun nas nyon mongs pa, sems las byung ba’i nye ba’i nyon mongs pa, nyon mongs
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ།, སེམས་ལས་བྱུང་བའི་ཉེ་བའི་ཉོན་མོངས་པ།, ཉོན་མོངས།
Sanskrit: saṃkleśa, caitasikopakleśa, kleśa
The essentially pure nature of mind is obscured and afflicted by various psychological defilements, which destroy the mind’s peace and composure and lead to unwholesome deeds of body, speech, and mind, acting as causes for continued existence in saṃsāra. Included among them are the primary afflictions of desire (rāga), anger (dveṣa), and ignorance (avidyā). It is said that there are eighty-four thousand of these negative mental qualities, for which the eighty-four thousand categories of the Buddha’s teachings serve as the antidote. Kleśa is also commonly translated as “negative emotions,” “disturbing emotions,” and so on. The Pāli kilesa, Middle Indic kileśa, and Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit kleśa all primarily mean “stain” or “defilement.” The translation “affliction” is a secondary development that derives from the more general (non-Buddhist) classical understanding of √kliś (“to harm,“ “to afflict”). Both meanings are noted by Buddhist commentators.
g.38
aggregate
Wylie: phung po
Tibetan: ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: skandha
See “five aggregates.”
g.39
aggregate of ethical discipline
Wylie: tshul khrims kyi phung po
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: śīlaskandha
First of the five undefiled aggregates.
g.40
aggregate of liberation
Wylie: rnam par grol ba’i phung po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vimuktiskandha
Fourth of the five undefiled aggregates.
g.41
aggregate of meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi phung po
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: samādhiskandha
Second of the five undefiled aggregates.
g.42
aggregate of seeing the wisdom of liberation
Wylie: rnam par grol ba’i ye shes mthong ba’i phung po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་མཐོང་བའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vimuktijñānadarśanaskandha
Fifth of the five undefiled aggregates.
g.43
aggregate of wisdom
Wylie: shes rab kyi phung po
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: prajñāskandha
Third of the five undefiled aggregates.
g.44
aging and death
Wylie: rga shi
Tibetan: རྒ་ཤི།
Sanskrit: jarāmaraṇa
Twelfth of the twelve links of dependent origination.
g.45
agitation and regret
Wylie: rgod ’gyod
Tibetan: རྒོད་འགྱོད།
Sanskrit: auddhatyakaukṛtya
Fourth of the five obscurations.
g.46
agreeable speech
Wylie: tshig blang bar ’os pa
Tibetan: ཚིག་བླང་བར་འོས་པ།
Sanskrit: ādeyavacana
g.47
Akaniṣṭha
Wylie: ’og min
Tibetan: འོག་མིན།
Sanskrit: akaniṣṭha
Fifth of the pure abodes, meaning “Highest.”
g.48
Akṣobhya
Wylie: mi ’khrugs pa
Tibetan: མི་འཁྲུགས་པ།
Sanskrit: akṣobhya
Name of a buddha and of a series of future buddhas.
g.49
alienated
Wylie: sems gzhan du ’gyur, gzhan nyid du ’gyur
Tibetan: སེམས་གཞན་དུ་འགྱུར།, གཞན་ཉིད་དུ་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit: cittasyānyathā bhavati, anyatvamāpadyate
g.50
all the activities of their bodies are preceded by wisdom and followed by wisdom
Wylie: sku’i phrin las thams cad ye shes sngon du ’gro zhing ye shes kyi rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan: སྐུའི་ཕྲིན་ལས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡེ་ཤེས་སྔོན་དུ་འགྲོ་ཞིང་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit: sarvakāyakarmajñānapūrvagamaṃ jñānānuparivarti
Thirteenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.51
all the activities of their minds are preceded by wisdom and followed by wisdom
Wylie: thugs kyi phrin las thams cad ye shes sngon du ’gro zhing ye shes kyi rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan: ཐུགས་ཀྱི་ཕྲིན་ལས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡེ་ཤེས་སྔོན་དུ་འགྲོ་ཞིང་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit: sarvamanaḥkarmajñānapūrvagamaṃ jñānānuparivarti
Fifteenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.52
all the activities of their speech are preceded by wisdom and followed by wisdom
Wylie: gsung gi phrin las thams cad ye shes sngon du ’gro zhing ye shes kyi rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan: གསུང་གི་ཕྲིན་ལས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡེ་ཤེས་སྔོན་དུ་འགྲོ་ཞིང་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit: sarvavākkarmajñānapūrvagamaṃ jñānānuparivarti
Fourteenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.53
all-aspect omniscience
Wylie: rnam pa thams cad mkhyen pa nyid
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarvākārajñatā
This key term in the Prajñāpāramitā literature refers to the omniscience of a buddha, and is not to be confused with the “knowledge of the path” of bodhisattvas, or with the “knowledge of all the dharmas” of śrāvakas. The “all-aspect” (sarvākāra) part of the term refers to the different aspects that it comprises, and is explained in two ways in The Long Explanation (Toh 3808, 4.78–4.80). One way identifies the “aspects” as being qualities such as nonarising and unproduced, unceasing, primordially at peace, naturally in nirvāṇa, without intrinsic nature, emptiness, signlessness, wishlessness, etc. The other way identifies them as being the collections of the wholesome, unwholesome, and neutral, and the collection of those destined for error and those of uncertain destiny. All-aspect omniscience is also the first of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.
g.54
all-aspect omniscience in all its finest aspects
Wylie: rnam pa thams cad mkhyen pa’i ye shes rnam pa’i mchog thams cad dang ldan pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་རྣམ་པའི་མཆོག་ཐམས་ཅད་དང་ལྡན་པ།
The “finest aspect(s)” are, according to the two explanations in the Long Explanation (Toh 3808 4.77–4.80, see “knowledge of all aspects”), either (in the first explanation) emptiness, as the root of all the other aspects, or (in the second explanation) the aspects that are included in the collections of the wholesome and those destined for what is right.
g.55
all-surpassing meditative stability
Wylie: thod rgal gyi ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: ཐོད་རྒལ་གྱི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: avaṣkandakasamādhi
g.56
Amoghadarśin
Wylie: don yod mthong ba
Tibetan: དོན་ཡོད་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit: amoghadarśin
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.57
amply curved and elegant shoulders
Wylie: phrag pa’i lhun mdzes par grub pa
Tibetan: ཕྲག་པའི་ལྷུན་མཛེས་པར་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: susaṃvṛtaskandhatā
Nineteenth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.58
Anabhraka
Wylie: sprin med
Tibetan: སྤྲིན་མེད།
Sanskrit: anabhraka
Literally meaning “Cloudless,” the more usual name for what is, in the Prajñāpāramitā literature, the fourteenth of the sixteen levels of the god realm of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, and in this text and in the Hundred Thousand is instead rendered Parīttabṛhat (q.v.). Anabhraka is used in the later Sanskrit manuscripts that correspond more closely to the eight-chapter Tengyur version of this text. In other genres, it is the tenth of twelve levels corresponding to the four meditative concentrations.
g.59
Ānanda
Wylie: kun dga’ bo
Tibetan: ཀུན་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit: ānanda
A major śrāvaka disciple and personal attendant of the Buddha Śākyamuni during the last twenty-five years of his life. He was a cousin of the Buddha (according to the Mahāvastu, he was a son of Śuklodana, one of the brothers of King Śuddhodana, which means he was a brother of Devadatta; other sources say he was a son of Amṛtodana, another brother of King Śuddhodana, which means he would have been a brother of Aniruddha).Ānanda, having always been in the Buddha’s presence, is said to have memorized all the teachings he heard and is celebrated for having recited all the Buddha’s teachings by memory at the first council of the Buddhist saṅgha, thus preserving the teachings after the Buddha’s parinirvāṇa. The phrase “Thus did I hear at one time,” found at the beginning of the sūtras, usually stands for his recitation of the teachings. He became a patriarch after the passing of Mahākāśyapa.
g.60
Anantamati
Wylie: blo gros mtha’ yas
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit: anantamati
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.61
Anantavīrya
Wylie: brtson ’grus mtha’ yas
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit: anantavīrya
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.62
Anāvaraṇamati
Wylie: sgrib med blo gros
Tibetan: སྒྲིབ་མེད་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: anāvaraṇamati
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.63
Anikṣiptadhura
Wylie: mi gtong brtson pa
Tibetan: མི་གཏོང་བརྩོན་པ།
Sanskrit: anikṣiptadhura
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.64
Aniruddha
Wylie: ma ’gags pa
Tibetan: མ་འགགས་པ།
Sanskrit: aniruddha
The Buddha’s cousin and one of his ten foremost disciples.
g.65
Anupamamati
Wylie: blo gros dpe med
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་དཔེ་མེད།
Sanskrit: anupamamati
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.66
Aparagodānīya
Wylie: ba lang spyod
Tibetan: བ་ལང་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit: aparagodānīya
The western continent of the human world according to traditional Indian cosmology, characterized as “rich in the resources of cattle.”
g.67
aphorisms
Wylie: ched du brjod pa
Tibetan: ཆེད་དུ་བརྗོད་པ།
Sanskrit: udāna
Fifth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.68
application of mindfulness with regard to feelings
Wylie: tshor ba dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan: ཚོར་བ་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: vedanānupaśyīsmṛtyupasthāna
Second of the four applications of mindfulness. For a description see 9.19.
g.69
application of mindfulness with regard to phenomena
Wylie: chos dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmānupaśyīsmṛtyupasthāna
Fourth of the four applications of mindfulness. For a description, see 9.3.
g.70
application of mindfulness with regard to the body
Wylie: lus dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan: ལུས་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: kāyānupaśyīsmṛtyupasthāna
First of the four applications of mindfulness. For a description, see 9.2.
g.71
application of mindfulness with regard to the mind
Wylie: sems dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan: སེམས་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: cittānupaśyīsmṛtyupasthāna
Third of the four applications of mindfulness.
g.72
applications of mindfulness
Wylie: dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan: དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: smṛtyupasthāna
See “four applications of mindfulness.”
g.73
apprehend
Wylie: dmigs
Tibetan: དམིགས།
Sanskrit: upalabhate
dmigs (pa) translates a number of Sanskrit terms, including ālambana, upalabdhi, and ālambate. These terms commonly refer to the apprehending of a subject, an object, and the relationships that exist between them. The term may also be translated as “referentiality,” meaning a system based on the existence of referent objects, referent subjects, and the referential relationships that exist between them. As part of their doctrine of “threefold nonapprehending/nonreferentiality” (’khor gsum mi dmigs pa), Mahāyāna Buddhists famously assert that all three categories of apprehending lack substantiality. Also translated here as “focus on.”
g.74
apprehended
Wylie: dmigs su yod pa
Tibetan: དམིགས་སུ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: upalabdhya, upalabdha
g.75
apprehending
Wylie: dmigs pa
Tibetan: དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: upalambha
See “apprehend.”
g.76
apprehensible
Wylie: dmigs su yod pa
Tibetan: དམིགས་སུ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: upalabdhya, upalabdha
See “apprehend.”
g.77
approaching the king of physical forms
Wylie: gzugs kyi rgyal po nye bar gyur pa
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ་ཉེ་བར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: āsannarūparājo
The twenty-eighth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.78
appropriate (verb)
Wylie: yongs su ’dzin pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: parigṛhṇāti
g.79
Apramāṇābha
Wylie: tshad med snang ba
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: apramāṇābha
Seventh of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Immeasurable Radiance.”
g.80
Apramāṇabṛhat
Wylie: tshad med che ba
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit: apramāṇabṛhat
Literally meaning “Immeasurably Great,” the name used in this text and in the Hundred Thousand for what is, in the Prajñāpāramitā literature, the fifteenth of the sixteen levels of the god realm of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations. The Sanskrit equivalent is attested in the Sanskrit of the Hundred Thousand, while the name Puṇyaprasava (q.v.) is used in the later Sanskrit manuscripts that correspond more closely to the eight-chapter Tengyur version of this text. In other genres, this is the eleventh of twelve levels corresponding to the four meditative concentrations.
g.81
Apramāṇaśubha
Wylie: tshad med dge
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད་དགེ
Sanskrit: apramāṇaśubha
Eleventh of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Immeasurable Virtue.”
g.82
arhat
Wylie: dgra bcom pa
Tibetan: དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit: arhat
According to Buddhist tradition, one who is worthy of worship (pūjām arhati), or one who has conquered the enemies, the mental afflictions (kleśa-ari-hata-vat), and reached liberation from the cycle of rebirth and suffering. It is the fourth and highest of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas. Also used as an epithet of the Buddha.
g.83
arms that reach down the thighs when standing upright
Wylie: phyag brla drang por slebs pa
Tibetan: ཕྱག་བརླ་དྲང་པོར་སླེབས་པ།
Sanskrit: paṭūrubāhatā
Twelfth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.84
array of power
Wylie: dpung rnam par bkod pa
Tibetan: དཔུང་རྣམ་པར་བཀོད་པ།
Sanskrit: balavyūha
The 15th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8; also mentioned in other chapters.
g.85
Asaṅga
Wylie: thogs med
Tibetan: ཐོགས་མེད།
Sanskrit: asaṅga
Indian commentator (fl. fourth century); closely associated with the works of Maitreya and the Yogācāra philosophical school.
g.86
ascertainment of names
Wylie: ming nges par ’jug pa
Tibetan: མིང་ངེས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: nāmaniyatapraveśa
The 72nd meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.87
ascetic practices
Wylie: sbyangs pa’i yon tan
Tibetan: སྦྱངས་པའི་ཡོན་ཏན།
Sanskrit: dhūtaguṇa
g.88
ascetic supremacy
Wylie: brtul zhugs snyems pa
Tibetan: བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་སྙེམས་པ།
Sanskrit: vrataparāmarśa
Fourth of the four knots.
g.89
Aśoka
Wylie: mya ngan med pa
Tibetan: མྱ་ངན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aśoka
Name of one of four gardens in the residence of the bodhisattva great being Dharmodgata, in the city of Gandhavatī.
g.90
Aśokaśrī
Wylie: ngan med pa’i dpal
Tibetan: ངན་མེད་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: aśokaśrī
Name of a buddha in the southern direction, residing in the world system called Sarvaśokāpagata.
g.91
aspect of liberation
Wylie: rnam par thar pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ།
Sanskrit: vimokṣa
See “eight aspects of liberation.”
g.92
assembly
Wylie: g.yog ’khor, ’khor
Tibetan: གཡོག་འཁོར།, འཁོར།
Sanskrit: parivāra
g.93
asura
Wylie: lha ma yin
Tibetan: ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit: asura
See also “gods.”A type of nonhuman being whose precise status is subject to different views, but is included as one of the six classes of beings in the sixfold classification of realms of rebirth. In the Buddhist context, asuras are powerful beings said to be dominated by envy, ambition, and hostility. They are also known in the pre-Buddhist and pre-Vedic mythologies of India and Iran, and feature prominently in Vedic and post-Vedic Brahmanical mythology, as well as in the Buddhist tradition. In these traditions, asuras are often described as being engaged in interminable conflict with the devas (gods).
g.94
asylum
Wylie: rten
Tibetan: རྟེན།
Sanskrit: upāśraya
g.95
Atapa
Wylie: mi gdung ba
Tibetan: མི་གདུང་བ།
Sanskrit: atapa
Second of the five pure abodes (śuddhāvāsa), meaning “Painless.”
g.96
attach importance to
Wylie: lhur len pa
Tibetan: ལྷུར་ལེན་པ།
Sanskrit: guruko bhavati
g.97
attached to
Wylie: chags
Tibetan: ཆགས།
Sanskrit: sajjati
g.98
attachment to the realm of form
Wylie: gzugs kyi ’dod chags
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཀྱི་འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit: ruparāga
First of the five fetters associated with the higher realms .
g.99
attachment to the realm of formlessness
Wylie: gzugs med pa’i ’dod chags
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit: ārūpyarāga
Second of the five fetters associated with the higher realms .
g.100
attainment of the extrasensory powers, the powers, and the fearlessnesses
Wylie: mngon par shes pa dang / stobs dang / mi ’jigs pa thob pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་དང་། སྟོབས་དང་། མི་འཇིགས་པ་ཐོབ་པ།
Sanskrit: abhijñābalavaiśāradyaprāpto
The forty-first of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.101
attainment of triumph
Wylie: rgyal ba thob pa
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་བ་ཐོབ་པ།
Sanskrit: jayalabdho
The twenty-ninth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.102
attainment of unobscured liberation
Wylie: sgrib pa med pa’i rnam par thar pa thob pa
Tibetan: སྒྲིབ་པ་མེད་པའི་རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ་ཐོབ་པ།
Sanskrit: anāvaraṇavimokṣaprāpto
The twentieth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.103
attention
Wylie: yid la byed pa
Tibetan: ཡིད་ལ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: manaskāra
Also translated here as “focusing the attention.”
g.104
attributes of the level of the spiritual family
Wylie: rigs kyi sa’i chos
Tibetan: རིགས་ཀྱི་སའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: gotrabhūmidharma
g.105
aurally compounded sensory contact
Wylie: rna ba’i ’dus te reg pa
Tibetan: རྣ་བའི་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པ།
Sanskrit: śrotrasaṃsparśa
g.106
aureole of light extending a full arm span
Wylie: ’od ’dom gang ba
Tibetan: འོད་འདོམ་གང་བ།
Sanskrit: vyāmaprabhatā
A supplementary mark of a tathāgata, included in the thirty-two major marks in some lists but not in this text.
g.107
Auspicious Eon
Wylie: bskal pa bzang po
Tibetan: བསྐལ་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: bhadrakalpa
Name of the present eon of time, during which one thousand buddhas appear in succession, Śākyamuni being the fourth and Maitreya the fifth.
g.108
authentic maturity
Wylie: yang dag pa’i skyon med
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་སྐྱོན་མེད།
Sanskrit: samyaktvaniyāma
g.109
authentic meditative stability
Wylie: yang dag pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: samyaksamādhi
g.110
authenticity
Wylie: yang dag pa’i tshul
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་ཚུལ།
Sanskrit: bhūtanaya
g.111
Avakīrṇakusuma
Wylie: me tog sil ma
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་སིལ་མ།
Sanskrit: avakīrṇakusuma
Name of a series of future buddhas.
g.112
Avalokiteśvara
Wylie: spyan ras gzigs kyi dbang po
Tibetan: སྤྱན་རས་གཟིགས་ཀྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: avalokiteśvara
One of the “eight close sons of the Buddha,” he is also known as the bodhisattva who embodies compassion. In certain tantras, he is also the lord of the three families, where he embodies the compassion of the buddhas. In Tibet, he attained great significance as a special protector of Tibet, and in China, in female form, as Guanyin, the most important bodhisattva in all of East Asia.
g.113
Avṛha
Wylie: mi che ba
Tibetan: མི་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit: avṛha
First of the five pure abodes (śuddhāvāsa), meaning “Slightest.”
g.114
awareness of particularities
Wylie: so so’i bye brag shes pa
Tibetan: སོ་སོའི་བྱེ་བྲག་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: prativijñapti
g.115
barbarous frontier tribesmen
Wylie: mtha’ ’khob kyi kla klo
Tibetan: མཐའ་འཁོབ་ཀྱི་ཀླ་ཀློ།
Sanskrit: pratyantajanapada
I.e., those living beyond the pale of civilization, out of reach of the doctrine.
g.116
beautiful moon
Wylie: zla ba bzang po
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sucandra
The 4th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.117
being grounded in the power of tolerance
Wylie: bzod pa’i mthu la gnas pa
Tibetan: བཟོད་པའི་མཐུ་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣāntibalapratiṣṭhāna
Third of the eight attributes of the second level.
g.118
Bhadrabala
Wylie: bzang po’i stobs
Tibetan: བཟང་པོའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: bhadrabala
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.119
Bhadrapāla
Wylie: bzang skyong
Tibetan: བཟང་སྐྱོང་།
Sanskrit: bhadrapāla
Head of the “sixteen excellent men” (ṣoḍaśasatpuruṣa), a group of householder bodhisattvas present in the audience of many sūtras. He appears prominently in certain sūtras, such as The Samādhi of the Presence of the Buddhas (Pratyutpannabuddhasaṃmukhāvasthitasamādhisūtra, Toh 133) and is perhaps also the merchant of the same name who is the principal interlocutor in The Questions of Bhadrapāla the Merchant (Toh 83).
g.120
Bhīṣmagarjitanirghoṣasvara
Wylie: sgra dbyangs mi zad par sgrogs pa
Tibetan: སྒྲ་དབྱངས་མི་ཟད་པར་སྒྲོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: bhīṣmagarjitanirghoṣasvara
The buddha as whom Dharmodgata was reborn.
g.121
bile disorders
Wylie: mkhris pa’i nad, mkhris pa las gyur pa’i nad
Tibetan: མཁྲིས་པའི་ནད།, མཁྲིས་པ་ལས་གྱུར་པའི་ནད།
Sanskrit: paittikāvyādhi
Second of the four kinds of disease.
g.122
billion trillionth
Wylie: bye ba khrag khrig stong gi cha
Tibetan: བྱེ་བ་ཁྲག་ཁྲིག་སྟོང་གི་ཆ།
Ten to the power of -21. A “hundred billion trillionth” (bye ba khrag khrig rgya phrag stong gi cha) is ten to the power of -23.
g.123
Bimbisāra
Wylie: bim bi sAr
Tibetan: བི་མ་བི་སཱ་ར།
Sanskrit: bimbisāra
The king of Magadha and a great patron of the Buddha. His birth coincided with the Buddha’s, and his father, King Mahāpadma, named him “Essence of Gold” after mistakenly attributing the brilliant light that marked the Buddha’s birth to the birth of his son by Queen Bimbī (“Goldie”). Accounts of Bimbisāra’s youth and life can be found in The Chapter on Going Forth (Toh 1-1, Pravrajyāvastu).King Śreṇya Bimbisāra first met with the Buddha early on, when the latter was the wandering mendicant known as Gautama. Impressed by his conduct, Bimbisāra offered to take Gautama into his court, but Gautama refused, and Bimbisāra wished him success in his quest for awakening and asked him to visit his palace after he had achieved his goal. One account of this episode can be found in the sixteenth chapter of The Play in Full (Toh 95, Lalitavistara). There are other accounts where the two meet earlier on in childhood; several episodes can be found, for example, in The Hundred Deeds (Toh 340, Karmaśataka). Later, after the Buddha’s awakening, Bimbisāra became one of his most famous patrons and donated to the saṅgha the Bamboo Grove, Veṇuvana, at the outskirts of the capital of Magadha, Rājagṛha, where he built residences for the monks. Bimbisāra was imprisoned and killed by his own son, the prince Ajātaśatru, who, influenced by Devadatta, sought to usurp his father’s throne.
g.124
birth from heat and moisture
Wylie: drod gsher las skyes
Tibetan: དྲོད་གཤེར་ལས་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit: saṃsvedaja
Third of the four modes of birth.
g.125
black eaglewood
Wylie: a ka ru nag po
Tibetan: ཨ་ཀ་རུ་ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit: kṛṣṇāgaru
g.126
Blessed Lord
Wylie: bcom ldan ’das, btsun pa bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan: བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།, བཙུན་པ་བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit: bhadantabhagavan
See “Blessed One.”
g.127
Blessed One
Wylie: bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan: བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit: bhagavān
While the Sanskrit term simply means “fortunate,” “illustrious,” or “revered,” Tibetan hermeneutics defines the term as denoting a teacher or buddha who primordially subdues (bcom) the four demonic forces, possesses (ldan) the six attributes of greatness (che ba’i yon tan drug), and transcends (’das) all sorrow, without abiding in the extremes of existence and quiescence. See also n.91.
g.128
blessing of truth
Wylie: bden pa’i byin gyis brlabs
Tibetan: བདེན་པའི་བྱིན་གྱིས་བརླབས།
Sanskrit: satyādiṣṭhānena
g.129
blood vessels and nerves that are unknotted
Wylie: rtsa la mdud pa med pa
Tibetan: རྩ་ལ་མདུད་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nirgranthiśira
Eighth of the eighty minor marks.
g.130
blossoming and vibrance of the flowers of virtue
Wylie: dge ba’i me tog rgyas shing gsal ba
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་མེ་ཏོག་རྒྱས་ཤིང་གསལ་བ།
Sanskrit: śubhapuṣpitaśuddha
The 80th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.131
blue reflection
Wylie: sngon por snang ba
Tibetan: སྔོན་པོར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: nīlanirbhāsa
g.132
Bodhimaṇḍalākārasurucirā
Wylie: snying po byang chub kyi rgyan shin tu yid du ’ong ba
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་རྒྱན་ཤིན་ཏུ་ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit: bodhimaṇḍalākārasurucirā
Name of a world system in the southeastern direction.
g.133
bodhisattva
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ།
Sanskrit: bodhisattva
A being who is dedicated to the cultivation and fulfilment of the altruistic intention to attain perfect buddhahood, traversing the ten bodhisattva levels (daśabhūmi, sa bcu). Bodhisattvas purposely opt to remain within cyclic existence in order to liberate all sentient beings, instead of simply seeking personal freedom from suffering. In terms of the view, they realize both the selflessness of persons and the selflessness of phenomena.
g.134
bodhisattva great being
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’ sems dpa’ chen po
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ་སེམས་དཔའ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: bodhisattvamahāsattva
The term can be understood to mean “great courageous one” or "great hero,” or (from the Sanskrit) simply “great being,” and is almost always found as an epithet of “bodhisattva.” The qualification “great” in this term, according to the majority of canonical definitions, focuses on the generic greatness common to all bodhisattvas, i.e., the greatness implicit in the bodhisattva vow itself in terms of outlook, aspiration, number of beings to be benefited, potential or eventual accomplishments, and so forth. In this sense the mahā- is closer in its connotations to the mahā- in “Mahāyāna” than to the mahā- in “mahāsiddha.” While individual bodhisattvas described as mahāsattva may in many cases also be “great” in terms of their level of realization, this is largely coincidental, and in the canonical texts the epithet is not restricted to bodhisattvas at any particular point in their career. Indeed, in a few cases even bodhisattvas whose path has taken a wrong direction are still described as bodhisattva mahāsattva.Later commentarial writings do nevertheless define the term—variably—in terms of bodhisattvas having attained a particular level (bhūmi) or realization. The most common qualifying criteria mentioned are attaining the path of seeing, attaining irreversibility (according to its various definitions), or attaining the seventh bhūmi.
g.135
body that is extremely compact
Wylie: sku shin du rgyas pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་ཤིན་དུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: utsadatagātra
Twenty-ninth of the eighty minor marks.
g.136
body that is extremely firm
Wylie: sku shin du mkhregs pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་ཤིན་དུ་མཁྲེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: susaṃhatagātra
Thirtieth of the eighty minor marks.
g.137
body that is most excellent
Wylie: sku shin tu legs pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་ཤིན་ཏུ་ལེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: vṛttagātra
Eighteenth of the eighty minor marks.
g.138
body that is not bent over
Wylie: sku zhum pa med pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་ཞུམ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: adīnagātra
Twenty-eighth of the eighty minor marks.
g.139
body that is tall and upright
Wylie: sku che zhing drang ba
Tibetan: སྐུ་ཆེ་ཞིང་དྲང་བ།
Sanskrit: ṛjukāyodbhavatā, bṛhadṛjugātratā
Eighth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.140
body that is tapering
Wylie: sku rim gyis gzhol ba
Tibetan: སྐུ་རིམ་གྱིས་གཞོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: anupūrvagātra
Twentieth of the eighty minor marks.
g.141
body that is unblemished by moles
Wylie: sku la sme ba med pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་ལ་སྨེ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vyapagatatilakakālagātra
Forty-first of the eighty minor marks.
g.142
body that is utterly clean
Wylie: sku shin du gtsang ba
Tibetan: སྐུ་ཤིན་དུ་གཙང་བ།
Sanskrit: śucigātra
Twenty-first of the eighty minor marks.
g.143
body that is utterly pure
Wylie: sku shin du rnam par dag pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་ཤིན་དུ་རྣམ་པར་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: viśuddhagātra
Twenty-third of the eighty minor marks.
g.144
body that is utterly refined
Wylie: sku shin du sbyangs pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་ཤིན་དུ་སྦྱངས་པ།
Sanskrit: mṛṣṭagātra
Nineteenth of the eighty minor marks.
g.145
body that is utterly soft
Wylie: sku shin du ’jam pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་ཤིན་དུ་འཇམ་པ།
Sanskrit: mṛdugātra
Twenty-second of the eighty minor marks.
g.146
boundless eloquence
Wylie: spobs pa mtha’ yas
Tibetan: སྤོབས་པ་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit: anantaprabhā
The 82nd meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.147
boundless light
Wylie: ’od mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan: འོད་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit: anantaprabhā
The 36th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.148
boundlessness of feelings, perceptions, formative predispositions, and consciousness
Wylie: tshor ba dang / ’du shes dang / ’du byed dang / rnam par shes pa mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan: ཚོར་བ་དང་། འདུ་ཤེས་དང་། འདུ་བྱེད་དང་། རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit: vedanā-, saṃjñā-, saṃskāra-, and vijñānā-paryanta
The fifteenth of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.149
boundlessness of physical forms
Wylie: gzugs mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit: rūpāparyanta
The fourteenth of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.150
boundlessness of the earth element
Wylie: sa’i khams mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan: སའི་ཁམས་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit: pṛthivīdhātvaparyanta
The sixteenth of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.151
boundlessness of the space element
Wylie: nam mkha’i khams mtha’ yas pa, nam mkha’i dbyings mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་ཁམས་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།, ནམ་མཁའི་དབྱིངས་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit: ākāśadhātvaparyanta
The eighteenth of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.152
boundlessness of the water element, the fire element, and the wind element
Wylie: chu’i khams dang / me’i khams dang / rlung gi khams mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan: ཆུའི་ཁམས་དང་། མེའི་ཁམས་དང་། རླུང་གི་ཁམས་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit: abdhātu-, tejodhātu-, and vāyudhātva-paryanta
The seventeenth of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.153
Brahmā
Wylie: tshangs pa
Tibetan: ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit: brahmā
A high-ranking deity presiding over a divine world; he is also considered to be the lord of the Sahā world (our universe). Though not considered a creator god in Buddhism, Brahmā occupies an important place as one of two gods (the other being Indra/Śakra) said to have first exhorted the Buddha Śākyamuni to teach the Dharma. The particular heavens found in the form realm over which Brahmā rules are often some of the most sought-after realms of higher rebirth in Buddhist literature. Since there are many universes or world systems, there are also multiple Brahmās presiding over them. His most frequent epithets are “Lord of the Sahā World” (sahāṃpati) and Great Brahmā (mahābrahman).
g.154
Brahmā realms
Wylie: tshangs pa’i ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan: ཚངས་པའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: brahmālokadhātu
In this text, sixteen Brahmā realms are listed. See “Pure Abodes.”
g.155
Brahmā Sahāṃpati
Wylie: tshangs pa mi mjed kyi bdag po
Tibetan: ཚངས་པ་མི་མཇེད་ཀྱི་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit: brahmāsahāṃpati
Literally, “Brahmā, Lord of the Sahā [world].”
g.156
Brahmakāyika
Wylie: tshangs ris
Tibetan: ཚངས་རིས།
Sanskrit: brahmakāyika
First and lowest of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Stratum of Brahmā.”
g.157
Brahmapariṣadya
Wylie: tshangs pa kun ’khor
Tibetan: ཚངས་པ་ཀུན་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: brahmapariṣadya
Third of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Retinue of Brahmā.”
g.158
Brahmapurohita
Wylie: tshangs lha nye phan
Tibetan: ཚངས་ལྷ་ཉེ་ཕན།
Sanskrit: brahmapurohita
Second of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Brahmā Priest.”
g.159
brahmin priest
Wylie: bram ze
Tibetan: བྲམ་ཟེ།
Sanskrit: brāhmaṇa
A member of the highest of the four castes in Indian society, which is closely associated with religious vocations.
g.160
brain tissue
Wylie: klad pa
Tibetan: ཀླད་པ།
Sanskrit: mastaka
g.161
branches of enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit: bodhyaṅga
See “seven branches of enlightenment.”
g.162
breaking down of cultivation
Wylie: bsgom pa rnam par bsgom pa
Tibetan: བསྒོམ་པ་རྣམ་པར་བསྒོམ་པ།
Sanskrit: bhāvanāvibhāvana
The Sanskrit term is rendered in this text and in the Hundred Thousand as bsgom pa rnam par bsgom pa, suggesting an analysis or investigation of cultivation rather than its destruction or negation, in contrast to its rendering as bsgom pa rnam par ’jig pa, literally “the destruction of cultivation,” in the Tibetan translations of the Ten Thousand, Eighteen Thousand, and the Tengyur version of the Twenty-Five Thousand. We have chosen “breaking down” in order to retain the widest range of possible meanings: “examination,” “analysis,” “exposure,” “deconstruction,” “destruction,” “annihilation,” “elimination,” or “unraveling,” with respect to false appearances. For more details, see n.267 and n.454.
g.163
Bṛhat
Wylie: che ba
Tibetan: ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit: bṛhat
Thirteenth of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Great.”
g.164
Bṛhatphala
Wylie: ’bras bu che
Tibetan: འབྲས་བུ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit: bṛhatphala
Sixteenth and highest of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Great Fruition.”
g.165
bringer of joy
Wylie: dga’ ba byed pa
Tibetan: དགའ་བ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ratikara
The 41st meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.166
broad heels
Wylie: rting pa yangs pa
Tibetan: རྟིང་པ་ཡངས་པ།
Sanskrit: āyatapārṣṇitā
Seventh of the thirty-two major marks.
g.167
buddha body of reality
Wylie: chos kyi sku
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit: dharmakāya
The ultimate nature or essence of the fruitional enlightened mind of the buddhas, which is nonarising, free from the limits of conceptual elaboration, empty of inherent existence, naturally radiant, beyond duality, and spacious.
g.168
buddhafield
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi zhing
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཞིང་།
Sanskrit: buddhakṣetra
This term denotes the operational field of a specific buddha, spontaneously arising as a result of his altruistic aspirations.
g.169
builder
Wylie: phywa mkhan
Tibetan: ཕྱྭ་མཁན།
Sanskrit: sthapati
Kimura reads palagaṇḍa; see n.438.
g.170
burning lamp
Wylie: sgron ma ’bar ba
Tibetan: སྒྲོན་མ་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit: jvalanolkā
The 95th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.171
by way of apprehending
Wylie: dmigs pa’i tshul du, dmigs pa’i tshul gyis
Tibetan: དམིགས་པའི་ཚུལ་དུ།, དམིགས་པའི་ཚུལ་གྱིས།
Sanskrit: ārambaṇayogena
The expression “by way of apprehending” implies that ordinary persons perceive phenomena as inherently existing, whereas bodhisattvas are said to act and teach “without apprehending anything.” On the latter term, see its respective glossary entry. See also “apprehend.”
g.172
calling forth the variety of sounds, words, and syllables
Wylie: sgra dang tshig dang ’bru sna tshogs mngon par ’byin pa
Tibetan: སྒྲ་དང་ཚིག་དང་འབྲུ་སྣ་ཚོགས་མངོན་པར་འབྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: nānārutapadavyañjanābhinirhāro
The seventeenth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.173
calling forth the voices of all beings
Wylie: sems can thams cad kyi sgra ’byin pa
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་སྒྲ་འབྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvasattvarutanirhāro
The fourteenth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.174
calming of all deviations and obstacles
Wylie: ’gal ba dang ’gog pa thams cad yang dag par zhi bar byed pa
Tibetan: འགལ་བ་དང་འགོག་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་ཞི་བར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvanirodhavirodhasaṃpraśamana
The 103rd meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.175
calves resembling those of Śarabha Aiṇeya, the king of ungulates
Wylie: ri dags e ne ya’i byin pa lta bu
Tibetan: རི་དགས་ཨེ་ནེ་ཡའི་བྱིན་པ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: eṇeyajaṅghatā
Eleventh of the thirty-two major marks. See also Śarabha Aiṇeya.
g.176
Candragarbha
Wylie: zla ba’i snying po
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: candragarbha
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.177
cannot be apprehended
Wylie: mi dmigs
Tibetan: མི་དམིགས།
Sanskrit: anupalabdha
g.178
cannot be appropriated
Wylie: yongs su gzung ba ma mchis
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་གཟུང་བ་མ་མཆིས།
Sanskrit: aparigṛhītaṃ
g.179
carefree inaction
Wylie: phrin las chung ba
Tibetan: ཕྲིན་ལས་ཆུང་བ།
Sanskrit: alposukatā
g.180
Cāritramati
Wylie: spyod pa’i blo gros
Tibetan: སྤྱོད་པའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: cāritramati
Name of a bodhisattva from a distant world system in the western direction called Upaśāntā, who comes to this world to pay homage to the Buddha.
g.181
Caturmahārājakāyika
Wylie: rgyal chen bzhi’i ris
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་ཆེན་བཞིའི་རིས།
Sanskrit: caturmahārājakāyika
One of the heavens of Buddhist cosmology, lowest among the six heavens of the desire realm (kāmadhātu, ’dod khams). Dwelling place of the Four Great Kings (caturmahārāja, rgyal chen bzhi), traditionally located on a terrace of Sumeru, just below the Heaven of the Thirty-Three. Each cardinal direction is ruled by one of the Four Great Kings and inhabited by a different class of nonhuman beings as their subjects: in the east, Dhṛtarāṣṭra rules the gandharvas; in the south, Virūḍhaka rules the kumbhāṇḍas; in the west, Virūpākṣa rules the nāgas; and in the north, Vaiśravaṇa rules the yakṣas.Lit. “Abode of the Four Great Kings.”
g.182
certain realization of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad nges par rtogs pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ངེས་པར་རྟོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmanirvedhako
The forty-second of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.183
certainty in the realm of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi dbyings su nges pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་སུ་ངེས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmādhatuniyata
A meditative stability.
g.184
certainty in the realm of phenomena
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings su nges pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་སུ་ངེས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmadhātuniyata
The 9th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.185
cessation of suffering
Wylie: ’gog pa
Tibetan: འགོག་པ།
Sanskrit: nirodha
Third of the four truths of the noble ones.
g.186
chiliocosm
Wylie: stong gi ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan: སྟོང་གི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: sāhasralokadhātu
A universe comprising one thousand world systems, each with its four continents, Mount Sumeru etc., according to traditional Indian cosmology. See also n.374.
g.187
clear realization
Wylie: mngon par rtogs pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་རྟོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: abhisamaya
See also i.24.
g.188
clear realization of all aspects
Wylie: rnam kun mngon rdzogs rtogs pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་ཀུན་མངོན་རྫོགས་རྟོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvākārābhisambodha
Fourth of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.
g.189
close-fitting teeth
Wylie: tshems thags bzang ba
Tibetan: ཚེམས་ཐགས་བཟང་བ།
Sanskrit: aviraladantatā
Twenty-ninth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.190
cluster of nominal aggregates
Wylie: ming gi tshogs
Tibetan: མིང་གི་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit: nāmakāya
g.191
cluster of physical forms
Wylie: gzugs kyi tshogs
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit: rūpakāya
g.192
combined humoral disorders
Wylie: ’dus pa’i nad, ’dus pa las gyur pa’i nad
Tibetan: འདུས་པའི་ནད།, འདུས་པ་ལས་གྱུར་པའི་ནད།
Sanskrit: sāṃnipātikāvyādhi
Fourth of the four kinds of disease.
g.193
come into being
Wylie: mngon par sgrub pa, mngon par byed pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་སྒྲུབ་པ།, མངོན་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Also translated in this text as “actualize.”
g.194
commitment
Wylie: yi dam
Tibetan: ཡི་དམ།
Sanskrit: samādānatā
g.195
common phenomena
Wylie: thun mong gi chos
Tibetan: ཐུན་མོང་གི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: sādhāraṇadharma
Common phenomena from the perspective of ordinary persons, as described in 8.43, include the following: the four meditative concentrations, the four immeasurable attitudes, the four formless meditative absorptions, and the [first] five extrasensory powers.
g.196
common savor of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad ro gcig pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་རོ་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmaikarasa
The sixth of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.197
compact fingers and toes
Wylie: sor mo rgyas pa
Tibetan: སོར་མོ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: citāṅguli
Fifth of the eighty minor marks.
g.198
compassion
Wylie: snying rje
Tibetan: སྙིང་རྗེ།
Sanskrit: karuṇā
Second of the four immeasurable attitudes.
g.199
complete elimination of right and wrong
Wylie: yang dag pa dang log pa thams cad yang dag par sel ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པ་དང་ལོག་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: [sarva]-samyaktvamithyātvasaṃgrahana
The 102nd meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.200
complete enlightenment
Wylie: yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit: samyaksambodhi
g.201
complete suffusion of blueness
Wylie: mtha’ dag sngon po
Tibetan: མཐའ་དག་སྔོན་པོ།
Sanskrit: nīlakṛtsna
g.202
complete suffusion of consciousness
Wylie: mtha’ dag rnam par shes pa
Tibetan: མཐའ་དག་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: vijñānakṛtsna
g.203
complete suffusion of redness
Wylie: mtha’ dag dmar po
Tibetan: མཐའ་དག་དམར་པོ།
Sanskrit: lohitakṛtsna
g.204
complete suffusion of the earth element
Wylie: mtha’ dag sa
Tibetan: མཐའ་དག་ས།
Sanskrit: pṛthivīkṛtsna
g.205
complete suffusion of the fire element
Wylie: mtha’ dag me
Tibetan: མཐའ་དག་མེ།
Sanskrit: tejaskṛtsna
g.206
complete suffusion of the space element
Wylie: mtha’ dag nam mkha’
Tibetan: མཐའ་དག་ནམ་མཁའ།
Sanskrit: ākāśakṛtsna
g.207
complete suffusion of the water element
Wylie: mtha’ dag chu
Tibetan: མཐའ་དག་ཆུ།
Sanskrit: apkṛtsna
g.208
complete suffusion of the wind element
Wylie: mtha’ dag rlung
Tibetan: མཐའ་དག་རླུང་།
Sanskrit: vāyukṛtsna
g.209
complete suffusion of whiteness
Wylie: mtha’ dag dkar po
Tibetan: མཐའ་དག་དཀར་པོ།
Sanskrit: avadātakṛtsna
g.210
complete suffusion of yellowness
Wylie: mtha’ dag ser po
Tibetan: མཐའ་དག་སེར་པོ།
Sanskrit: pītakṛtsna
g.211
completely awakened buddha
Wylie: yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit: samyaksaṃbuddha
The attainment of a buddha, who has gained total freedom from conditioned existence, overcome all tendencies imprinted on the mind as a result of a long association with afflicted mental states, and fully manifested all aspects of a buddha’s body, speech, and mind.
g.212
comprehension of all bases of rebirth through realization
Wylie: srid pa’i gzhi thams cad rtogs par khong du chud pa
Tibetan: སྲིད་པའི་གཞི་ཐམས་ཅད་རྟོགས་པར་ཁོང་དུ་ཆུད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvabhavatalavikiraṇa
The 92nd meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.213
conceptual elaboration
Wylie: spros pa
Tibetan: སྤྲོས་པ།
Sanskrit: prapañca
This term denotes the presence of discursive or conceptual thought processes. Their absence or deconstruction is characteristic of the realization of emptiness or actual reality.
g.214
conceptual notion
Wylie: rnam par rtog pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit: vikalpa
Also translated here as “false imagination.”
g.215
conditioned phenomena
Wylie: ’dus byas kyi chos
Tibetan: འདུས་བྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: saṃskṛtadharma
Conditioned phenomena are listed at 8.41. See also somewhat longer corresponding list found in the One Hundred Thousand at 8.87.
g.216
confined chiliocosm
Wylie: stong gi ’jig rten gyi khams byur bu
Tibetan: སྟོང་གི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས་བྱུར་བུ།
Sanskrit: sāhasralokadhātu
A universe comprising one thousand world systems each with its four continents etc., according to traditional Indian cosmology. The Tibetan term byur bu that forms part of the term used in this text, and also means “brimful,” may be a rendering of Skt. cūlakabaddha with the sense of this first-order world system being “bound,” i.e., relatively compact or limited when compared to the second- and third-order universes.
g.217
connecting propensities
Wylie: bag chags kyi mtshams sbyor, bag chags dang mtshams sbyor
Tibetan: བག་ཆགས་ཀྱི་མཚམས་སྦྱོར།, བག་ཆགས་དང་མཚམས་སྦྱོར།
Sanskrit: vāsanānusaṃdhi
The mundane process of rebirth within cyclic existence, impelled by the propensities of past actions. See also The Precious Discourse on the Blessed One’s Extensive Wisdom That Leads to Infinite Certainty (Toh 99), 3.162.
g.218
consciousness
Wylie: rnam par shes pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: vijñāna
Fifth of the five aggregates; also third of the twelve links of dependent origination. Consciousness is defined as “an awareness which is knowing and luminous.” Not being physical, it lacks resistance to obstruction. It has neither shape nor color, and it can be experienced but not externally perceived as an object. A distinction is made between the mundane consciousness of beings, and the wisdom of the buddhas. In the context of the present discourse, the former includes six aspects of consciousness, namely, visual consciousness, auditory consciousness, olfactory consciousness, tactile consciousness, and mental consciousness, the last of which objectively refers to mental phenomena.
g.219
consecrated
Wylie: rab tu gnas pa
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: supratiṣṭhita
The 59th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.220
consecrated as a king of meditative stabilities
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin la rgyal po ltar rab tu gnas pa
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་ལ་རྒྱལ་པོ་ལྟར་རབ་ཏུ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: samādhirājasupratiṣṭhita
The 13th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.221
consummate eloquence
Wylie: yongs su rdzogs pa’i spobs pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་རྫོགས་པའི་སྤོབས་པ།
See “inspired eloquence.”
g.222
consummate reality
Wylie: yongs su sgrub pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་སྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: pariniṣpatti
g.223
contaminant
Wylie: zag pa
Tibetan: ཟག་པ།
Sanskrit: āsrava
Literally, “to flow” or “to ooze.” Mental defilements or contaminations that “flow out” toward the objects of cyclic existence, binding us to them. Vasubandhu offers two alternative explanations of this term: “They cause beings to remain (āsayanti) within saṃsāra” and “They flow from the Summit of Existence down to the Avīci hell, out of the six wounds that are the sense fields” (Abhidharmakośabhāṣya 5.40; Pradhan 1967, p. 308). The Summit of Existence (bhavāgra, srid pa’i rtse mo) is the highest point within saṃsāra, while the hell called Avīci (mnar med) is the lowest; the six sense fields (āyatana, skye mched) here refer to the five sense faculties plus the mind, i.e., the six internal sense fields.
g.224
contaminated phenomena
Wylie: zag pa dang bcas pa’i chos
Tibetan: ཟག་པ་དང་བཅས་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: sāsravadharma
Contaminated phenomena include the following: the five aggregates encompassed in the three realms, the twelve sense fields, the eighteen sensory elements, the four meditative concentrations, the four immeasurable attitudes, and the four formless meditative absorptions.
g.225
contemplation of a bloated corpse
Wylie: rnam par bam pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་བམ་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vyādhmātakasaṃjñā
First of the nine contemplations of impurity.
g.226
contemplation of a bloody corpse
Wylie: rnam par dmar ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་དམར་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vilohitakasaṃjñā
Fourth of the nine contemplations of impurity.
g.227
contemplation of a blue-black corpse
Wylie: rnam par sngos pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྔོས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vinīlakasaṃjñā
Fifth of the nine contemplations of impurity.
g.228
contemplation of a devoured corpse
Wylie: rnam par zos pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཟོས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vikhāditakasaṃjñā
Sixth of the nine contemplations of impurity.
g.229
contemplation of a dismembered corpse
Wylie: rnam par ’thor ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་འཐོར་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vikṣiptakasaṃjñā
Seventh of the nine contemplations of impurity.
g.230
contemplation of a putrefied corpse
Wylie: rnam par rnags pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྣགས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vipūyakasamjñā
Third of the nine contemplations of impurity.
g.231
contemplation of a skeleton
Wylie: rus pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རུས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: asthisaṃjñā
Eighth of the nine contemplations of impurity.
g.232
contemplation of a worm-infested corpse
Wylie: ’bu can gyi ’du shes
Tibetan: འབུ་ཅན་གྱི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vipaḍumakasaṃjñā
Second of the nine contemplations of impurity.
g.233
contemplation of an immolated corpse
Wylie: rnam par tshig pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཚིག་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vidagdhakasaṃjñā
Ninth of the nine contemplations of impurity.
g.234
contemplation of the unpleasantness of food
Wylie: zas mi mthun pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: ཟས་མི་མཐུན་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: āhāre pratikūlasaṃjñā
g.235
contexts
Wylie: gleng gzhi
Tibetan: གླེང་གཞི།
Sanskrit: nidāna
Sixth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.236
contracted male organ
Wylie: gsang ba’i gnas sbubs su nub pa
Tibetan: གསང་བའི་གནས་སྦུབས་སུ་ནུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: kośāvahitavastiguhyatā
Thirteenth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.237
conventional ethical disciplines
Wylie: brda dang ldan pa’i tshul khrims, brda can gyi tshul khrims
Tibetan: བརྡ་དང་ལྡན་པའི་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།, བརྡ་ཅན་གྱི་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
Sanskrit: sāṅketikaśīla
g.238
convergence in nonaffliction
Wylie: nyon mongs pa med par yang dag par gzhol ba
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ་མེད་པར་ཡང་དག་པར་གཞོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: anusaraṇasarvasamavasaraṇa
The 113th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.239
convergence of all mental afflictions in nonaffliction
Wylie: nyon mongs pa dang bcas pa thams cad nyon mongs pa med par yang dag par gzhol ba
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ་དང་བཅས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཉོན་མོངས་པ་མེད་པར་ཡང་དག་པར་གཞོལ་བ།
The 114th meditative stability in chapter 8, missing in chapter 6. In Dutt 198 there appears to be no corresponding item.
g.240
copper-colored nails
Wylie: sen mo zangs kyi mdog ltar ’dug pa
Tibetan: སེན་མོ་ཟངས་ཀྱི་མདོག་ལྟར་འདུག་པ།
Sanskrit: tāmranakha
First of the eighty minor marks.
g.241
coral flower
Wylie: me tog man dA ra ba
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་མན་དཱ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit: mandārapuṣpa
One of the five trees of Indra’s paradise, its heavenly flowers often rain down in salutation of the buddhas and bodhisattvas and are said to be very bright and aromatic, gladdening the hearts of those who see them. In our world, it is a tree native to India, Erythrina indica or Erythrina variegata, commonly known as the Indian coral tree, mandarava tree, flame tree, and tiger’s claw. In the early spring, before its leaves grow, the tree is fully covered in large flowers, which are rich in nectar and attract many birds. Although the most widespread coral tree has red crimson flowers, the color of the blossoms is not usually mentioned in the sūtras themselves, and it may refer to some other kinds, like the rarer Erythrina indica alba, which boasts white flowers.
g.242
coral tree flower
Wylie: man dA ra ba
Tibetan: མན་དཱ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit: mandārava
One of the five trees of Indra’s paradise, its heavenly flowers often rain down in salutation of the buddhas and bodhisattvas and are said to be very bright and aromatic, gladdening the hearts of those who see them. In our world, it is a tree native to India, Erythrina indica or Erythrina variegata, commonly known as the Indian coral tree, mandarava tree, flame tree, and tiger’s claw. In the early spring, before its leaves grow, the tree is fully covered in large flowers, which are rich in nectar and attract many birds. Although the most widespread coral tree has red crimson flowers, the color of the blossoms is not usually mentioned in the sūtras themselves, and it may refer to some other kinds, like the rarer Erythrina indica alba, which boasts white flowers.
g.243
corporeally compounded sensory contact
Wylie: lus kyi ’dus te reg pa
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པ།
Sanskrit: kāyasaṃsparśa
g.244
correct action
Wylie: yang dag pa’i las kyi mtha’
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་ལས་ཀྱི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit: samyakkarmānta
Fourth of the noble eightfold path.
g.245
correct delight
Wylie: dga’ ba yang dag
Tibetan: དགའ་བ་ཡང་དག
Sanskrit: prīti
Fourth of the seven branches of enlightenment.
g.246
correct doctrinal analysis
Wylie: chos rnam par ’byed pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྣམ་པར་འབྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmapravicaya
Second of the seven branches of enlightenment.
g.247
correct effort
Wylie: yang dag pa’i rtsol ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་རྩོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: samyagvyāyāma
Sixth of the noble eightfold path.
g.248
correct equanimity
Wylie: btang snyoms yang dag
Tibetan: བཏང་སྙོམས་ཡང་དག
Sanskrit: upekṣā
Seventh of the seven branches of enlightenment.
g.249
correct exertion
Wylie: yang dag par spong ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་སྤོང་བ།
Sanskrit: prahāṇa
See four correct exertions.
g.250
correct livelihood
Wylie: yang dag pa’i ’tsho ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་འཚོ་བ།
Sanskrit: samyagājīva
Fifth of the noble eightfold path.
g.251
correct meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin yang dag
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་ཡང་དག
Sanskrit: samādhi
Sixth of the seven branches of enlightenment.
g.252
correct meditative stability
Wylie: yang dag pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: samyaksamādhi
Eighth of the noble eightfold path.
g.253
correct mental and physical refinement
Wylie: shin tu sbyangs pa yang dag
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱངས་པ་ཡང་དག
Sanskrit: praśrabdhi
Fifth of the seven branches of enlightenment.
g.254
correct perseverance
Wylie: brtson ’grus yang dag
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཡང་དག
Sanskrit: vīrya
Third of the seven branches of enlightenment.
g.255
correct recollection
Wylie: dran pa yang dag
Tibetan: དྲན་པ་ཡང་དག
Sanskrit: smṛti
First of the seven branches of enlightenment.
g.256
correct recollection
Wylie: yang dag pa’i dran pa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: samyaksmṛti
Seventh of the noble eightfold path.
g.257
correct speech
Wylie: yang dag pa’i ngag
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་ངག
Sanskrit: samyagvāg
Third of the noble eightfold path.
g.258
correct thought
Wylie: yang dag pa’i rtog pa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit: samyaksaṃkalpa
Second of the noble eightfold path. Also translated as “correct ideation.”
g.259
correct view
Wylie: yang dag pa’i lta ba
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: samyagdṛṣṭi
First of the noble eightfold path.
g.260
covetousness
Wylie: chags sems, brnab sems
Tibetan: ཆགས་སེམས།, བརྣབ་སེམས།
Sanskrit: abhidhyā, abhidhyā granthā
Eighth of ten nonvirtuous actions; first of the four knots.
g.261
craving
Wylie: sred pa
Tibetan: སྲེད་པ།
Sanskrit: tṛṣṇā
Eighth of the twelve links of dependent origination; fourth of the four torrents.
g.262
craving for sensual pleasures
Wylie: ’dod pa’i sred pa
Tibetan: འདོད་པའི་སྲེད་པ།
Sanskrit: kāmacchanda
One of the five obscurations.
g.263
crest of certainty’s victory banner
Wylie: nges pa’i rgyal mtshan rtog, nges pa’i rgyal mtshan dpal
Tibetan: ངེས་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་རྟོག, ངེས་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: niyatadhvajaketu
The 10th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8; also mentioned in other chapters.
g.264
crest of power
Wylie: dbang po’i tog, dbang po’i dpal
Tibetan: དབང་པོའི་ཏོག, དབང་པོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: indraketu
The 26th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.265
crest of the moon’s victory banner
Wylie: zla ba’i rgyal mtshan rtog, zla ba’i rgyal mtshan dpal
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་རྟོག, ཟླ་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: candradhvajaketu
The 5th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8; also mentioned in other chapters.
g.266
crest of wisdom
Wylie: ye shes dpal
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: jñānaketu
The 55th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.267
culminating clear realization
Wylie: rtse mor phyin pa’i mngon rtogs
Tibetan: རྩེ་མོར་ཕྱིན་པའི་མངོན་རྟོགས།
Sanskrit: mūrdhābhisamaya
Fifth of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.
g.268
cyclic existence
Wylie: ’khor ba
Tibetan: འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit: saṃsāra
A state of involuntary existence conditioned by afflicted mental states and the imprint of past actions, characterized by suffering in a cycle of life, death, and rebirth. On its reversal, the contrasting state of nirvāṇa is attained, free from suffering and the processes of rebirth.
g.269
Daṃṣṭrāsena
Wylie: mche ba’i sde
Tibetan: མཆེ་བའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit: daṃṣṭrāsena, daṃṣṭrasena
Kashmiri scholar, probably of the eighth or ninth century, thought to be the author of the Long Commentary on the Hundred Thousand Line Prajñāpāramitā (Toh 3807) and possibly of the Long Commentary on the Hundred Thousand, Twenty-Five Thousand, and Eighteen Thousand Line Prajñāpāramitās (Toh 3808) as well.
g.270
defilement
Wylie: kun nas nyon mongs pa, sems las byung ba’i nye ba’i nyon mongs pa, nyon mongs
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ།, སེམས་ལས་བྱུང་བའི་ཉེ་བའི་ཉོན་མོངས་པ།, ཉོན་མོངས།
Sanskrit: saṃkleśa, caitasikopakleśa, kleśa
See “afflicted mental state.”
g.271
definitive knowledge of all the afflicted and purified mental states and their emergence, with respect to the faculties, powers, branches of enlightenment, meditative concentrations, aspects of liberation, meditative stabilities, and formless absorptions
Wylie: dbang po dang / stobs dang / byang chub kyi yan lag dang / bsam gtan dang / rnam par thar ba dang / ting nge ’dzin dang / snyoms par ’jug pa dang / kun nas nyon mongs pa dang / rnam par byang ba rnam par dgod pa yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes so/
Tibetan: དབང་པོ་དང་། སྟོབས་དང་། བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་དང་། བསམ་གཏན་དང་། རྣམ་པར་ཐར་བ་དང་། ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་དང་། སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་དང་། ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ་དང་། རྣམ་པར་བྱང་བ་རྣམ་པར་དགོད་པ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་སོ།
Sanskrit: sarvendriyabalabodhyaṅgavimokṣadhyānasamādhisamāpattisaṃkleśavyavadānavyuthānayathābhūtaprajñāna
Seventh of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.272
definitive knowledge of the diversity of inclinations and the multiplicity of inclinations that other beings, other individuals, have
Wylie: sems can gzhan dang / gang zag gzhan gyi mos pa sna tshogs dang / mos pa du ma yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes so/
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་གཞན་དང་། གང་ཟག་གཞན་གྱི་མོས་པ་སྣ་ཚོགས་དང་། མོས་པ་དུ་མ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་སོ།
Sanskrit: anyasattvapudgalanānādhimuktyanekādhimuktiyathābhūtaprajñāna
Fourth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.273
definitive knowledge of the paths that lead anywhere
Wylie: kun du ’gro ba’i lam yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes so/
Tibetan: ཀུན་དུ་འགྲོ་བའི་ལམ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་སོ།
Sanskrit: sarvatragāmanīpratipadyathābhūtaprajñāna
Sixth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.274
definitive knowledge of the recollection of multiple past abodes, ranging from the recollection of individual lifetimes to their circumstances, situations, and causes
Wylie: rnam pa du mar sngon gyi gnas rjes su dran te/ tshe rabs gcig kyang rjes su dran pa nas/ rnam pa dang bcas/ sa mal dang bcas/ gtan tshigs dang bcas pa’i bar du/ rnam pa du mar sngon gyi gnas rjes su dran no/
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་དུ་མར་སྔོན་གྱི་གནས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་ཏེ། ཚེ་རབས་གཅིག་ཀྱང་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ་ནས། རྣམ་པ་དང་བཅས། ས་མལ་དང་བཅས། གཏན་ཚིགས་དང་བཅས་པའི་བར་དུ། རྣམ་པ་དུ་མར་སྔོན་གྱི་གནས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་ནོ།
Sanskrit: anekapūrvanivāsānusmṛti
Eighth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.275
definitive knowledge of various realms and their multiple constituents
Wylie: ’jig rten gyi khams ni sna tshogs can te/ ’jig rten gyi khams ni du ma pa’o zhes bya bar yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes so/
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས་ནི་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཅན་ཏེ། འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས་ནི་དུ་མ་པའོ་ཞེས་བྱ་བར་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་སོ།
Sanskrit: nānalokadhātunānadhātuyathābhūtaprajñāna
Third of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.276
definitive knowledge of whether the acumen of other beings, other individuals, is superior or inferior
Wylie: sems can gzhan yang / gang zag gzhan gyi dbang po rab dang / tha ma shes par bya ba yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes so/
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་གཞན་ཡང་། གང་ཟག་གཞན་གྱི་དབང་པོ་རབ་དང་། ཐ་མ་ཤེས་པར་བྱ་བ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་སོ།
Sanskrit: anyasattvapudgalendriyavarāvarayathābhūtaprajñāna
Fifth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.277
definitive knowledge that phenomena that are possible are indeed possible, and definitive knowledge that phenomena that are impossible are indeed impossible
Wylie: gnas la yang gnas su yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes so/ /gnas ma yin pa la yang gnas ma yin par yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes so/
Tibetan: གནས་ལ་ཡང་གནས་སུ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་སོ། །གནས་མ་ཡིན་པ་ལ་ཡང་གནས་མ་ཡིན་པར་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་སོ།
Sanskrit: sthānasthānayathābhūtaprajñāna asthānāsthānayathābhūtaprajñāna
First of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.278
definitive knowledge that through one’s own extrasensory powers one has actualized, achieved, and maintained the liberation of mind and the liberation of wisdom in the state that is free from contaminants because all contaminants have ceased
Wylie: zag pa zad pa’i phyir sems rnam par grol ba dang / shes rab rnam par grol ba/ zag pa med pa/ rang gi mngon par shes pas mngon par byas te/ nye bar bsgrubs shing rnam par spyod do/
Tibetan: ཟག་པ་ཟད་པའི་ཕྱིར་སེམས་རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བ་དང་། ཤེས་རབ་རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བ། ཟག་པ་མེད་པ། རང་གི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པས་མངོན་པར་བྱས་ཏེ། ཉེ་བར་བསྒྲུབས་ཤིང་རྣམ་པར་སྤྱོད་དོ།
Sanskrit: āsravakṣayayathābhūtaprajñāna / āsravakṣaya
Tenth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.279
definitive knowledge, through possibilities and causes, of the maturation of the past, future, and present actions [of beings], and of those who undertake such actions
Wylie: ’das pa dang / ma ’ongs pa dang / da ltar byung ba’i las dang / las yongs su len pa’i rnam par smin pa gnas kyi rnam pa dang / rgyu’i rnam pa yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes so/
Tibetan: འདས་པ་དང་། མ་འོངས་པ་དང་། ད་ལྟར་བྱུང་བའི་ལས་དང་། ལས་ཡོངས་སུ་ལེན་པའི་རྣམ་པར་སྨིན་པ་གནས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པ་དང་། རྒྱུའི་རྣམ་པ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་སོ།
Sanskrit: atītānāgatapratyutpannasarvakarmasamādānahetuvipākayathābhūtaprajñāna
Second of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.280
definitive knowledge through pure clairvoyance, transcending the vision of human beings, of the death, transmigration, and rebirth of beings
Wylie: lha’i mig rnam par dag pa mi las ’das pas sems can ’chi ’pho dang / skye ba dag kyang yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes so/
Tibetan: ལྷའི་མིག་རྣམ་པར་དག་པ་མི་ལས་འདས་པས་སེམས་ཅན་འཆི་འཕོ་དང་། སྐྱེ་བ་དག་ཀྱང་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་སོ།
Sanskrit: divyenacakṣuṣāsattvānāṃcyutopapādayathābhūtaprajñāna
Ninth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.
g.281
definitive nature
Wylie: ji lta ba nyid, ji lta ba bzhin
Tibetan: ཇི་ལྟ་བ་ཉིད།, ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན།
Sanskrit: yathāvattā
g.282
delusion
Wylie: gti mug
Tibetan: གཏི་མུག
Sanskrit: moha
One of the three poisons (dug gsum) along with aversion, or hatred, and attachment, or desire, which perpetuate the sufferings of cyclic existence. It is the obfuscating mental state which obstructs an individual from generating knowledge or insight, and it is said to be the dominant characteristic of the animal world in general. Commonly rendered as confusion, delusion, and ignorance, or bewilderment.
g.283
dependent origination
Wylie: rten cing ’brel par ’byung ba
Tibetan: རྟེན་ཅིང་འབྲེལ་པར་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: pratītyasamutpāda
The principle of dependent origination asserts that nothing exists independently of other factors, the reason for this being that things and events come into existence only by dependence on the aggregation of causes and conditions. In general, the processes of cyclic existence, through which the external world and the beings within it revolve in a continuous cycle of suffering, propelled by the propensities of past actions and their interaction with afflicted mental states, originate dependent on the sequential unfolding of twelve links, commencing from ignorance and ending with birth, aging and death. It is only through deliberate reversal of these twelve links that one can succeed in bringing the whole cycle to an end. The twelve links are enumerated many times in the text, starting at 2.105. See also “twelve links of dependent origination.”
g.284
designation for something
Wylie: chos su btags pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་སུ་བཏགས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmaprajñapti
See n.153 and also “something that is a designation.”
g.285
desire
Wylie: ’dod chags
Tibetan: འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit: rāga
First of the five fetters associated with the lower realms.
g.286
destroyer of the entourage of Māra
Wylie: bdud kyi ’khor ’jig par byed pa
Tibetan: བདུད་ཀྱི་འཁོར་འཇིག་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: māramaṇḍalavidhvaṃsanakaro
The forty-eighth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.287
destruction of ignorance with respect to all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad mi shes pa ’jig pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མི་ཤེས་པ་འཇིག་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmajñānavidhvaṃsano
The eighth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.288
devoid of darkness
Wylie: rab rib med pa
Tibetan: རབ་རིབ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vitimirāpagata
The 74th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.289
devoid of letters
Wylie: yi ge dang bral ba
Tibetan: ཡི་གེ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: akṣarāpagata
The 68th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.290
devoid of vocalic syllables
Wylie: sgra dbyangs kyi yi ge dang bral ba
Tibetan: སྒྲ་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་ཡི་གེ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: nirakṣaramukti
The 94th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.291
dhāraṇī
Wylie: gzungs
Tibetan: གཟུངས།
Sanskrit: dhāraṇī
The term, derived from the Sanskrit root √dhṛ (“hold” or “retain”), refers to bodhisattvas’ enhanced powers of memory, which allow them to retain extensive teachings, as well as to their special ability to access teachings that have been encapsulated or encoded in short sequences of words or syllables; it can also denote those sequences of words or syllables themselves.
g.292
dhāraṇī gateways
Wylie: gzungs kyi sgo
Tibetan: གཟུངས་ཀྱི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: dhāraṇīmukha
As a magical formula, a dhāraṇī constitutes a gateway to the infinite qualities of awakening, the awakened state itself, and the various forms of buddha activity. See also “dhāraṇī.”
g.293
dhāraṇī intelligence
Wylie: gzungs kyi blo gros
Tibetan: གཟུངས་ཀྱི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: dhāraṇīmati
The 101st meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.294
dhāraṇī of acquisition
Wylie: yongs su ’dzin pa’i gzungs
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་འཛིན་པའི་གཟུངས།
g.295
dhāraṇī of the inexhaustible cornucopia
Wylie: mi zad pa’i za ma tog gi gzungs
Tibetan: མི་ཟད་པའི་ཟ་མ་ཏོག་གི་གཟུངས།
Sanskrit: akṣayakaraṇḍadhāraṇī
g.296
dhāraṇī of the lotus array
Wylie: pad mo rnam par bkod pa’i gzungs
Tibetan: པད་མོ་རྣམ་པར་བཀོད་པའི་གཟུངས།
Sanskrit: padmavyūhādhāraṇī AO
g.297
Dharma
Wylie: chos
Tibetan: ཆོས།
Sanskrit: dharma
The term dharma (chos) conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s Vyākhyāyukti. In the context of the present work, it may mean “sacred doctrine” (also rendered “Dharma” in this translation), the “attributes” which buddhas and bodhisattvas acquire, “phenomena” or “things” in general, and, more specifically, “mental phenomena” which are the object of the mental faculty (manas, yid).
g.298
Dharma and Vinaya
Wylie: chos dang ’dul ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་དང་འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit: dharmavinaya
An early term used to denote the Buddha’s teaching. “Dharma” refers to the sūtras and “Vinaya” to the rules of discipline.
g.299
Dharmodgata
Wylie: chos kyis ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmodgata
A great bodhisattva, residing in a divine city called Gandhavatī, who teaches the Prajñāpāramitā three times a day. He is known for becoming the teacher of the bodhisattva Sadāprarudita, who decides to sell his flesh and blood in order to make offerings to him and receive his teachings. This story is told in The Perfection of Wisdom in Eighteen Thousand Lines (Toh 10, ch. 85–86). It can also be found quoted in several works, such as The Words of My Perfect Teacher (kun bzang bla ma’i zhal lung) by Patrul Rinpoche.
g.300
diffusion of light rays
Wylie: ’od zer rab tu ’gyed pa
Tibetan: འོད་ཟེར་རབ་ཏུ་འགྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: raśmipramukta
The 14th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.301
Dīpaṃkara
Wylie: mar me mdzad
Tibetan: མར་མེ་མཛད།
Sanskrit: dīpaṃkara
Name of a buddha of the past who prophesied Sākayamuni’s awakening.
g.302
disassociate
Wylie: ’byed pa
Tibetan: འབྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: viyojayati
g.303
discourses
Wylie: mdo
Tibetan: མདོ།
Sanskrit: sūtra
First of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.304
dispelling of doubt
Wylie: nem nur rnam par sel ba
Tibetan: ནེམ་ནུར་རྣམ་པར་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vimativikiraṇa
The 86th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.305
dispelling of the army of the four māras
Wylie: bdud bzhi’i dpung sel ba
Tibetan: བདུད་བཞིའི་དཔུང་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: caturmārabalavikiraṇa
One of the meditative stabilities.
g.306
dispersal
Wylie: rnam par ’thor ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་འཐོར་བ།
Sanskrit: vikiraṇa
The 65th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.307
disposition of cessation
Wylie: ’gog pa’i dbyings
Tibetan: འགོག་པའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: nirodhadhātu
g.308
disposition of exhausted desire
Wylie: ’dod chags zad pa’i dbyings
Tibetan: འདོད་ཆགས་ཟད་པའི་དབྱིངས།
g.309
disposition of freedom from desire
Wylie: ’dod chags dang bral ba’i dbyings
Tibetan: འདོད་ཆགས་དང་བྲལ་བའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: virāgadhātu
g.310
disposition of renunciation
Wylie: rab tu byang ba’i dbyings
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་བྱང་བའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: prahāṇadhātu
g.311
distinct qualities of the buddhas
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi chos ma ’dres pa
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་མ་འདྲེས་པ།
Sanskrit: aveṇikabuddhadharma
See “eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.”
g.312
distinguishing mark
Wylie: mtshan ma
Tibetan: མཚན་མ།
Sanskrit: nimitta
A mark or feature of an object which serves as the basis for its being generically named and thus conceptually categorized. A distinguishing mark is usually imagined rather than being a real attribute of the object, and perception that operates by identifying distinguishing marks is therefore what defines coarse conceptuality. In some contexts (particularly with respect to meditative concentration practices), nimitta can be translated as “mental image.” Also translated in this text as “sign.”
g.313
distinguishing the terms associated with all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi tshig rab tu ’byed pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཚིག་རབ་ཏུ་འབྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmapadaprabheda
The 66th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.314
divine voice of Brahmā
Wylie: tshangs pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan: ཚངས་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: brahmasvaratā
Twenty-fifth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.315
do not degenerate in their liberation, nor do they degenerate in their seeing the wisdom of liberation
Wylie: rnam par grol ba yongs su nyams pa mi mnga’o/ /rnam par grol ba’i ye shes gzigs pa yongs su nyams pa mi mnga’o/
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བ་ཡོངས་སུ་ཉམས་པ་མི་མངའོ། །རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་གཟིགས་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་ཉམས་པ་མི་མངའོ།
Sanskrit: nāsti vimuktihāniḥ nāsti vimuktijñānadarśanahāniḥ
Twelfth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.316
do not degenerate in their meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin yongs su nyams pa mi mnga’
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་ཡོངས་སུ་ཉམས་པ་མི་མངའ།
Sanskrit: nāsti samādhihāniḥ
Tenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.317
do not degenerate in their perseverance
Wylie: brtson ’grus nyams pa med pa
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsti viryahāniḥ
Eighth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.318
do not degenerate in their recollection
Wylie: dgongs pa yongs su nyams pa mi mnga’, dran pa nyams pa med pa
Tibetan: དགོངས་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་ཉམས་པ་མི་མངའ།, དྲན་པ་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsti smṛtihāniḥ
Ninth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.319
do not degenerate in their resolution
Wylie: mos pa yongs su nyams pa mi mnga’, ’dun pa nyams pa med pa
Tibetan: མོས་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་ཉམས་པ་མི་མངའ།, འདུན་པ་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsti cchandahāniḥ
Seventh of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.320
do not degenerate in their wisdom
Wylie: shes rab yongs su nyams pa mi mnga’
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཡོངས་སུ་ཉམས་པ་མི་མངའ།
Sanskrit: nāsti prajñāhāniḥ
Eleventh of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.321
domain of Māra
Wylie: bdud kyi ris
Tibetan: བདུད་ཀྱི་རིས།
Sanskrit: mārakāya
The gods ruled over by Māra.
g.322
doubt
Wylie: the tshom
Tibetan: ཐེ་ཚོམ།
Sanskrit: vicikitsā
Fifth of the five obscurations; second of the three fetters; and fifth of the five fetters associated with the lower realms.
g.323
dullness and sleep
Wylie: rmugs gnyid, rmugs pa dang gnyid
Tibetan: རྨུགས་གཉིད།, རྨུགས་པ་དང་གཉིད།
Sanskrit: styānaniddha
Third of the five obscurations.
g.324
Dunhuang
Wylie: tun hong
Tibetan: ཏུན་ཧོང་།
Site of the Magao Caves in Gansu Province, China.
g.325
ears of equal size
Wylie: snyan mnyam pa
Tibetan: སྙན་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit: samakarṇa
Sixty-ninth of the eighty minor marks.
g.326
earshot
Wylie: rgyang grags
Tibetan: རྒྱང་གྲགས།
Sanskrit: krośa
A measurement traditionally equivalent to five hundred arm spans.
g.327
eat their daily meal in a single sitting
Wylie: stan gcig pa
Tibetan: སྟན་གཅིག་པ།
Sanskrit: ekāśanika
Fifth of the twelve ascetic virtues.
g.328
eight aspects of liberation
Wylie: rnam par thar pa brgyad
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭavimokṣa
The eight aspects of liberation ensue (1) when corporeal beings observe physical forms [in order to compose the mind]; (2) when formless beings endowed with internal perception observe external physical forms; (3) when beings are inclined toward pleasant states; (4) and when one achieves and dwells in the sphere of infinite space, thinking, ‘Space is infinite.’ (5) The fifth ensues when one achieves and dwells in the sphere of infinite consciousness, thinking, ‘Consciousness is infinite.’ (6) The sixth is when one achieves and dwells in the sphere of nothing-at-all, thinking, ‘There is nothing at all.’ (7) The seventh is when one achieves and dwells in the sphere of neither perception nor nonperception. (8) The eighth is when one achieves and dwells in the cessation of all perceptions and feelings. See 8.36 and 9.35.
g.329
eight further attributes to be avoided
Wylie: yang chos brgyad yongs su spang bar bya
Tibetan: ཡང་ཆོས་བརྒྱད་ཡོངས་སུ་སྤང་བར་བྱ།
The eight further attributes to be avoided on the fifth level. These are to avoid (1) the paths of the ten nonvirtuous actions (mi dge ba bcu’i las kyi lam rnams yongs su spang bar bya ba); (2) exalted pride (adhimāna, lhag pa’i nga rgyal), (3) boasting (stambha, khengs pa); (4) distorted views (viparyāsāḥ, phyin ci log rnams), (5) doubt (vicikitsā, the tshom), and (6–8) tolerance of desire , hatred, and delusion (rāgadveśamohādhivāsanāḥ, ’dod chags dang zhe sdang dang gti mug nyam rang su gzhag pa).
g.330
eight notions of saintly beings
Wylie: skyes bu chen po’i rnam par rtog pa brgyad
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་བུ་ཆེན་པོའི་རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭamahāpuruṣavitarka
As enumerated in in the Śatasāhasrikāprajñāpāramitābṛhaṭṭīkā, Toh 3807 (Degé Tengyur vol. 91, F.40.b-41.a) they comprise: (1) the notion when one reflects on the ability to dispel all the suffering of all beings (nam zhig sems can thams cad kyi sdug bsngal thams cad sel nus snyam du rnam par rtog pa); (2) the notion when one reflects on the ability of beings afflicted by poverty to secure great endowments (nam zhig dbul bas sdug bsngal ba’i sems can rnams ’byor pa chen po la ’jog nus snyam du rnam par rtog pa); (3) the notion when one reflects on the ability to engage in acts of benefit for beings through one’s body of flesh and blood (nam zhig sha khrag dang bcas pa’i lus kyis sems can rnams kyi don byed nus snyam du rnam par rtog pa); (4) the notion when one reflects exclusively on acts of benefit for beings, even though they remain for a long time as denizens of the hells (sems can dmyal ba na yun ring por gnas pas kyang / nam zhig sems can rnams la phan pa byed pa ’ba’ zhig tu ’gyur snyam du rnam par rtog pa); (5) the notion when one reflects that the hopes of all worlds might be seen to be perfected through mundane and supramundane endowments (nam zhig ’jig rten dang / ’jig rten las ’das pa’i ’byor bas ’jig rten thams cad kyi re ba yongs su rdzogs pa mthong bar ’gyur snyam du rnam par rtog pa); (6) the notion when one reflects that oneself might become a buddha and then genuinely deliver all beings from all the sufferings of cyclic existence (nam zhig bdag sangs rgyas su gyur nas sems can thams cad ’khor ba’i sdug bsngal thams cad las yang dag par ’byin par ’gyur snyam du rnam par rtog pa); (7) the notion when one reflects that one should not resort over successive lives to births that are disadvantageous to all beings, thoughts that do not engage in the benefit of beings, conduct that [solely] concerns the common savor of ultimate reality , words that do not bring happiness to all beings, livelihoods that do not benefit others, bodies that cannot benefit others, minds that are unclear about benefiting others, wealth that does not benefit beings, authority that does not act for the sake of living beings, or delight in harming others (sems can thams cad la phan ’dogs pa med pa’i skye ba dang / sems can gyi don du sbyor ba med pa’i sems dang / don dam pa’i ro gcig pu la spyod pa dang / skye bo thams cad sim par byed pa ma yin pa’i tshig dang // gzhan la mi phan pa’i ’tsho ba dang / gzhan la phan pa byed mi nus pa’i lus dang / gzhan la phan ’dogs pa la mi gsal ba’i blo dang / sems can la phan par mi spyod pa’i nor dang / ’gro ba rnams kyi don spyod pa med pa’i dbang phyug dang / gzhan la gnod pa byed pa’i dga’ bar tshe rabs tshe rabs su ma gyur cig snyam du rnam par rtog pa), and (8) the notion when one wishes that all the negative deeds of all living creatures should ripen in oneself and that all the fruits of one’s own positive actions should ripen in all beings (srog chags thams cad kyi sdig pa’i las thams cad kyi ’bras bu bdag la smin la/ bdag gis legs par spyad pa’i ’bras bu thams cad sems can thams cad la smin par gyur cig snam du rnam par rtog pa).
g.331
eight sense fields of mastery
Wylie: zil gyis gnon pa’i skye mched brgyad
Tibetan: ཟིལ་གྱིས་གནོན་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭābhibhvāyatana
The eight miraculous perceptual transformations that ensues for someone who perceives inner formlessness. For a complete list, see 62.57; see also n.533.
g.332
eighteen aspects of emptiness
Wylie: stong pa nyid bco brgyad, stong nyid bco brgyad
Tibetan: སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།, སྟོང་ཉིད་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭadaśaśūnyatā
The eighteen aspects of emptiness are first listed in 2.25 (see also n.124) and are elaborated further (though not individually elucidated) in the passage following a later list in 8.224.
g.333
eighteen distinct qualities
Wylie: chos ma ’dres pa bco brgyad
Tibetan: ཆོས་མ་འདྲེས་པ་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭādaśāveṇikadharma
See “eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.”
g.334
eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi chos ma ’dres pa bco brgyad
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་མ་འདྲེས་པ་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭādaśāveṇikabuddhadharma
Eighteen special features of a buddha’s behavior, realization, activity, and wisdom that are not shared by other beings. They are generally listed as: (1) he never makes a mistake, (2) he is never boisterous, (3) he never forgets, (4) his concentration never falters, (5) he has no notion of distinctness, (6) his equanimity is not due to lack of consideration, (7) his motivation never falters, (8) his endeavor never fails, (9) his mindfulness never falters, (10) he never abandons his concentration, (11) his insight (prajñā) never decreases, (12) his liberation never fails, (13) all his physical actions are preceded and followed by wisdom (jñāna), (14) all his verbal actions are preceded and followed by wisdom, (15) all his mental actions are preceded and followed by wisdom, (16) his wisdom and vision perceive the past without attachment or hindrance, (17) his wisdom and vision perceive the future without attachment or hindrance, and (18) his wisdom and vision perceive the present without attachment or hindrance.The detailed list of the eighteen qualities is found in 62.74.
g.335
eighteen sensory elements
Wylie: khams bcwo brgyad, khams bco brgyad
Tibetan: ཁམས་བཅྭོ་བརྒྱད།, ཁམས་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭadaśadhātu
The eighteen sensory elements, which appear in statements throughout the text either as just the name of the set or as a complete list, comprise: (1) the sensory element of the eyes, (2) the sensory element of sights, and (3) the sensory element of visual consciousness; (4) the sensory element of the ears, (5) the sensory element of sounds, and (6) the sensory element of auditory consciousness; (7) the sensory element of the nose, (8) the sensory element of odors, and (9) the sensory element of olfactory consciousness; (10) the sensory element of the tongue, (11) the sensory element of tastes, and (12) the sensory element of gustatory consciousness; (13) the sensory element of the body, (14) the sensory element of touch, and (15) the sensory element of tactile consciousness; and (16) the sensory element of the mental faculty, (17) the sensory element of mental phenomena, and (18) the sensory element of mental consciousness.
g.336
eightfold observance
Wylie: yan lag brgyad dang ldan pa’i gso sbyin
Tibetan: ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་གསོ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit: aṣṭāṅikapoṣadha
To refrain from (1) killing, (2) stealing, (3) sexual activity, (4) false speech, (5) intoxication, (6) singing, dancing, music, and beautifying oneself with adornments or cosmetics, (7) using a high or large bed, and (8) eating at improper times. Typically, this observance is maintained by lay people for twenty-four hours on new moon and full moon days, as well as other special days in the lunar calendar.Also translated as “eightfold poṣadha.”
g.337
eightfold poṣadha
Wylie: yan lag brgyad dang ldan pa’i gso sbyin
Tibetan: ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་གསོ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit: aṣṭāṅikapoṣadha
To refrain from (1) killing, (2) stealing, (3) sexual activity, (4) false speech, (5) intoxication, (6) singing, dancing, music, and beautifying oneself with adornments or cosmetics, (7) using a high or large bed, and (8) eating at improper times. Typically, this observance is maintained by lay people for twenty-four hours on new moon and full moon days, as well as other special days in the lunar calendar.Also translated as “eightfold observance.”
g.338
eighth-lowest level
Wylie: brgyad pa’i sa, brgyad pa
Tibetan: བརྒྱད་པའི་ས།, བརྒྱད་པ།
Sanskrit: aṣṭamakabhūmi, aṣṭamaka
Name of the third of ten levels, denoting a person who is eight steps away from becoming an arhat, being on the cusp of becoming a stream-enterer. This is also the first and lowest stage in a list of eight stages or classes of a noble person (Skt. āryapudgala). The person at this stage is on the path of insight, and the name of this level may also be related to the “eightfold receptiveness to the path of insight” (darśanamārgāṣṭakṣānti, mthong lam gyi bzod pa brgyad) which comprises “knowledge of phenomena” (dharmajñāna, chos shes pa) and “subsequent knowledge” (anvayajñāna, rjes su rtogs pa’i shes pa) with respect to each of the four noble truths. The ten levels referred to here—not to be confused with the ten levels of the bodhisattva’s path—mark the progress of one who sequentially follows the paths of a śrāvaka, pratyekabuddha, and then bodhisattva on their way to completely awakened buddhahood.
g.339
eighty excellent minor marks
Wylie: dpe byad bzang po brgyad cu
Tibetan: དཔེ་བྱད་བཟང་པོ་བརྒྱད་ཅུ།
Sanskrit: asītyānuvyañjana
For their enumeration see 62.79. (See also Toh 10, Toh 11).
g.340
Ekacchatra
Wylie: gdugs dam pa
Tibetan: གདུགས་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: ekacchatra
Name of a buddha in the northwestern direction, residing in the world system called Vaśībhūtā.
g.341
elder
Wylie: gnas brtan
Tibetan: གནས་བརྟན།
Sanskrit: sthavira
A monk of seniority within the assembly of the śrāvakas.
g.342
elegant and beautiful limbs and appendages
Wylie: yan lag dang nying lag spa bar mdzes pa
Tibetan: ཡན་ལག་དང་ཉིང་ལག་སྤ་བར་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit: suvibhaktāṅgapratyaṅgah
Thirty-first of the eighty minor marks.
g.343
elegant gait
Wylie: mdzes par bzhud pa
Tibetan: མཛེས་པར་བཞུད་པ།
Sanskrit: cārugāmin
Sixteenth of the eighty minor marks.
g.344
elevated nails
Wylie: sen mo mtho ba
Tibetan: སེན་མོ་མཐོ་བ།
Sanskrit: tuṅganakha
Third of the eighty minor marks.
g.345
eleven aspects of knowledge
Wylie: shes pa bcu gcig
Tibetan: ཤེས་པ་བཅུ་གཅིག
Sanskrit: ekādaśajñāna
These, as listed in 9.27, are (1) knowledge of suffering, (2) knowledge of the origin of suffering, (3) knowledge of the cessation of suffering, (4) knowledge of the path , (5) knowledge of the extinction of contaminants, (6) knowledge that contaminants will not arise again, (7) knowledge of phenomena, (8) knowledge of phenomena that is subsequently realized, (9) knowledge of the relative, (10) knowledge that is masterful, and (11) knowledge that is semantic.
g.346
emergence of light rays
Wylie: ’od zer ’byung ba
Tibetan: འོད་ཟེར་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: raśminirhāro
The fiftieth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.347
emergence of wisdom with respect to all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad la ye shes ’byung ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་ཡེ་ཤེས་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmasvabhāvajñānanirgamo
The third of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.348
emerging from the realm of phenomena
Wylie: dbyings las byung ba
Tibetan: དབྱིངས་ལས་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: dharmadhātunirgato
The thirty-first of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.349
empathetic joy
Wylie: dga’ ba
Tibetan: དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: muditā
Third of the four immeasurable attitudes.
g.350
emptiness
Wylie: stong pa nyid
Tibetan: སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: śūnyatā
Emptiness denotes the ultimate nature of reality, the total absence of inherent existence and self-identity with respect to all phenomena. According to this view, all things and events are devoid of any independent, intrinsic reality that constitutes their essence. Nothing can be said to exist independent of the complex network of factors that gives rise to its origination, nor are phenomena independent of the cognitive processes and mental constructs that make up the conventional framework within which their identity and existence are posited. When all levels of conceptualization dissolve and when all forms of dichotomizing tendencies are quelled through deliberate meditative deconstruction of conceptual elaborations, the ultimate nature of reality will finally become manifest. It is the first of the three gateways to liberation.
g.351
emptiness as a gateway to liberation
Wylie: rnam par thar pa’i sgo stong pa nyid
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་སྒོ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: śūnyatāvimokṣamukha
First of the three gateways to liberation.
g.352
emptiness endowed with all its finest aspects
Wylie: rnam pa’i mchog thams cad dang ldan pa’i stong pa nyid
Tibetan: རྣམ་པའི་མཆོག་ཐམས་ཅད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarvākāravaropetaśūnyatā
A term which, in the commentaries of the third turning of the doctrinal wheel, is interpreted to mean that consummate buddha attributes are extraneously empty of all imaginary and dependent attributes.
g.353
emptiness of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmaśūnyatā
The fourteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.354
emptiness of both external and internal phenomena
Wylie: phyi nang stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ཕྱི་ནང་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: adhyātmabahirdhāśūnyatā
Third of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.355
emptiness of conditioned phenomena
Wylie: ’dus byas stong pa nyid
Tibetan: འདུས་བྱས་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: saṃskṛtaśūnyatā
The seventh of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.356
emptiness of emptiness
Wylie: stong pa nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan: སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: śūnyatāśūnyatā
Fourth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.357
emptiness of essential nature
Wylie: ngo bo nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: svabhāvaśūnyatā
Seventeenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.358
emptiness of external phenomena
Wylie: phyi stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ཕྱི་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: bahirdhāśūnyatā
Second of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.359
emptiness of great extent
Wylie: chen po stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆེན་པོ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: mahāśūnyatā
The fifth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness
g.360
emptiness of inherent existence
Wylie: rang bzhin stong pa nyid
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: prakṛtiśūnyatā
The twelfth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.361
emptiness of internal phenomena
Wylie: nang stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ནང་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: adhyātmaśūnyatā
First of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.362
emptiness of intrinsic defining characteristics
Wylie: rang gi mtshan nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan: རང་གི་མཚན་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: svalakṣaṇaśūnyatā
The thirteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.363
emptiness of nonapprehensibility
Wylie: mi dmigs pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: མི་དམིགས་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: anupalambhaśūnyatā
Fifteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.364
emptiness of nonentities
Wylie: dngos po med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: abhāvaśūnyatā
Sixteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.365
emptiness of nonexclusion
Wylie: dor ba med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: དོར་བ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: anavakāraśūnyatā
The eleventh of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.366
emptiness of that which has neither beginning nor end
Wylie: thog ma dang tha ma med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: ཐོག་མ་དང་ཐ་མ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: anavarāgraśūnyatā
Tenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.367
emptiness of the essential nature of nonentities
Wylie: dngos po med pa’i ngo bo nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ་མེད་པའི་ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: abhāvasvabhāvaśūnyatā
The eighteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.368
emptiness of the unlimited
Wylie: mtha’ las ’das pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: མཐའ་ལས་འདས་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: atyantaśūnyatā
Ninth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.369
emptiness of ultimate reality
Wylie: don dam pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan: དོན་དམ་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: paramārthaśūnyatā
Sixth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.
g.370
emptiness of unconditioned phenomena
Wylie: ’dus ma byas stong pa nyid
Tibetan: འདུས་མ་བྱས་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: asaṃskṛtaśūnyatā
The eighth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness
g.371
endowed with all finest aspects
Wylie: rnam pa’i mchog thams cad dang ldan pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པའི་མཆོག་ཐམས་ཅད་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvākārāvatāra
The 98th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8. See also n.231.
g.372
endowed with the essence
Wylie: snying po dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: śāravatī
The 106th meditative stability in chapter 6 and 108th in chapter 8.
g.373
endowed with the factors conducive to enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub kyi yan lag yod pa
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: bodhyaṅgavatī
The 81st meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.374
engage in the perception of wisdom that is unobstructed and unimpeded with respect to the future
Wylie: ma ’ongs pa’i dus la ma thogs ma chags pa’i ye shes gzigs pa ’jug go
Tibetan: མ་འོངས་པའི་དུས་ལ་མ་ཐོགས་མ་ཆགས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་གཟིགས་པ་འཇུག་གོ
Sanskrit: anāgate ’dhvany asaṅgam apratihataṃ jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate
Seventeenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.375
engage in the perception of wisdom that is unobstructed and unimpeded with respect to the past
Wylie: ’das pa’i dus la ma thogs ma chags pa’i ye shes gzigs pa ’jug go
Tibetan: འདས་པའི་དུས་ལ་མ་ཐོགས་མ་ཆགས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་གཟིགས་པ་འཇུག་གོ
Sanskrit: atīte ’dhvany asaṅgam apratihataṃ jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate
Sixteeenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.376
engage in the perception of wisdom that is unobstructed and unimpeded with respect to the present
Wylie: da ltar byung ba’i dus la ma thogs ma chags pa’i ye shes gzigs pa ’jug go
Tibetan: ད་ལྟར་བྱུང་བའི་དུས་ལ་མ་ཐོགས་མ་ཆགས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་གཟིགས་པ་འཇུག་གོ
Sanskrit: pratyutpanne ’dhvany asaṅgam apratihataṃ jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate
Eighteenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.377
engaging in conduct
Wylie: spyod pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སྤྱོད་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: cāritravatī
The 75th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.378
engaging in performance
Wylie: bya ba byed pa
Tibetan: བྱ་བ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: kārākāra
The 54th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.379
engaging in remaining without an objective support
Wylie: gnas dmigs su med pa la brtson pa
Tibetan: གནས་དམིགས་སུ་མེད་པ་ལ་བརྩོན་པ།
Sanskrit: anilaniyata
The 115th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.380
engaging with certainty in lexical explanations
Wylie: nges pa’i tshig la gdon mi za bar ’jug pa
Tibetan: ངེས་པའི་ཚིག་ལ་གདོན་མི་ཟ་བར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: niruktiniyatapraveśa
The 17th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.381
engaging with certainty in lexical explanations with respect to all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi nges pa’i tshig la gdon mi za bar ’jug pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ངེས་པའི་ཚིག་ལ་གདོན་མི་ཟ་བར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmaniruktiniyatapraveśa
A meditative stability.
g.382
entering the stream
Wylie: rgyun du zhugs pa
Tibetan: རྒྱུན་དུ་ཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit: śrota’āpanna
One of the four types of noble individuals, the first stage of the progression culminating in the state of arhat. The term is often rendered “stream-enterer.”
g.383
entrance to symbols and sounds
Wylie: brda dang sgra la ’jug pa
Tibetan: བརྡ་དང་སྒྲ་ལ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃketarutapraveśa
The 93rd meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.384
entry into designations
Wylie: tshig bla dags la yang dag par ’jug pa
Tibetan: ཚིག་བླ་དགས་ལ་ཡང་དག་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: adhivacanasaṃpraveśa
The 18th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.385
entry into knowledge of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad shes par gnas pa la ’jug pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཤེས་པར་གནས་པ་ལ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmajñānamudrapraveśa
A meditative stability
g.386
eon
Wylie: bskal pa
Tibetan: བསྐལ་པ།
Sanskrit: kalpa
According to the traditional Abhidharma understanding of cyclical time, a great eon (mahākalpa) is divided into eighty lesser or intervening eons. In the course of one great eon, the external universe and its sentient life take form and later disappear. During the first twenty of the lesser eons, the universe is in the process of creation and expansion (vivartakalpa); during the next twenty it remains created; during the third twenty, it is in the process of destruction or contraction (samvartakalpa); and during the last quarter of the cycle, it remains in a state of destruction.
g.387
equal to the unequaled
Wylie: mi mnyam pa dang mnyam pa
Tibetan: མི་མཉམ་པ་དང་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit: āgamasama
An expression of ultimate excellence; also the name of the 83rd meditative stability.
g.388
equal to the unequaled
Wylie: mi mnyam pa dang mnyam pa
Tibetan: མི་མཉམ་པ་དང་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit: āgamasama
The 83rd meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.389
equanimity
Wylie: btang snyoms
Tibetan: བཏང་སྙོམས།
Sanskrit: upekṣā
Fourth of the four immeasurable attitudes.
g.390
eradication of referents
Wylie: dmigs pa gcod pa
Tibetan: དམིགས་པ་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit: ālambhanaccheda
The 69th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.391
essential nature
Wylie: ngo bo nyid
Tibetan: ངོ་བོ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: svabhāva
This term denotes the ontological status of phenomena, according to which they are said to possess existence in their own right—inherently, in and of themselves, objectively, and independent of any other phenomena such as our conception and labelling. The absence of such an ontological reality is defined as the true nature of reality, emptiness.
g.392
established instructions
Wylie: gtan la phab pa bstan pa
Tibetan: གཏན་ལ་ཕབ་པ་བསྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: upadeśa
Eleventh of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.393
establishing the sameness of letters
Wylie: yi ge mnyam par ’god pa
Tibetan: ཡི་གེ་མཉམ་པར་འགོད་པ།
Sanskrit: samākṣarāvatāra
The 67th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.394
ethical discipline
Wylie: tshul khrims
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
Sanskrit: śīla
Second of the six perfections.
g.395
evenly shaped abdomen
Wylie: phyal phyam mer ’dug pa
Tibetan: ཕྱལ་ཕྱམ་མེར་འདུག་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣāmodara
Thirty-sixth of the eighty minor marks.
g.396
evil Māra
Wylie: bdud sdig to can
Tibetan: བདུད་སྡིག་ཏོ་ཅན།
Sanskrit: māra pāpīyas
A reference either to Māra himself, or sometimes (in the plural) to a group of his kind.
g.397
exact knowledge
Wylie: so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan: སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: pratisaṃvid
See four kinds of exact knowledge.
g.398
exact knowledge of dharmas
Wylie: chos so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmapratisaṃvid
Second of the four kinds of exact knowledge.
g.399
exact knowledge of eloquent expression
Wylie: spobs pa so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan: སྤོབས་པ་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: pratibhānapratisaṃvid
Fourth of the four kinds of exact knowledge. Eloquent expression here, also translated in the text as “inspired eloquence,” is the means by which the teachings are expressed.
g.400
exact knowledge of language and lexical explanations
Wylie: nges pa’i tshig so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan: ངེས་པའི་ཚིག་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: niruktapratisaṃvid
Third of the four kinds of exact knowledge. See also “lexical explanations.”
g.401
exact knowledge of meanings
Wylie: don so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan: དོན་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: arthapratisaṃvid
First of the four kinds of exact knowledge.
g.402
exalted realms
Wylie: mtho ris
Tibetan: མཐོ་རིས།
Sanskrit: svarga
The realms of higher rebirth comprising the different levels of the gods. In the canonical texts this term does not include the human realm.
g.403
excellent ears and long earlobes
Wylie: snyan legs shing snyan shal ring ba
Tibetan: སྙན་ལེགས་ཤིང་སྙན་ཤལ་རིང་བ།
Sanskrit: pīnāyatakarṇa / pīnāyatabhuja
Sixty-eighth of the eighty minor marks.
g.404
experiencing delight and joy
Wylie: rab tu dga’ zhing spro ba myong bar bya ba
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་ཞིང་སྤྲོ་བ་མྱོང་བར་བྱ་བ།
Sanskrit: pramodyapratyanubhavatā
Fourth of the eight attributes of the second level.
g.405
extraneous entity
Wylie: gzhan gyi dngos po
Tibetan: གཞན་གྱི་དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit: parabhāva
This term denotes “anything other than the unconditioned realm of phenomena” and so forth. Konow (1941), pp. 36–37, translates this term as “being-something-else.” Lamotte (op. cit. p. 1673) suggests “other existence.”
g.406
extrasensory power
Wylie: mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: abhijñā
The six extrasensory powers (miraculous ability, clairaudience, knowing beings’ minds, recollecting past lives, clairvoyance, and knowing the contaminants have ceased) are described fully in 2.234-2.239 and mentioned in a different order at 62.60. The five extrasensory powers are the first five of these, the sixth being the only one attainable only by Buddhist practitioners.
g.407
extrasensory power through which divine clairaudience is realized
Wylie: lha’i rna ba’i khams mngon du bya ba’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: ལྷའི་རྣ་བའི་ཁམས་མངོན་དུ་བྱ་བའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: divyaśrotrajñānasākṣātkriyā[jñāna-]abhijñā
Second of the six extrasensory powers. See 2.235.
g.408
extrasensory power through which divine clairvoyance is realized
Wylie: lha’i mig mngon du bya ba’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: ལྷའི་མིག་མངོན་དུ་བྱ་བའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: divyacakṣur abhijñāsākṣātkriyā[jñāna-]abhijñā
Fifth of the six extrasensory powers. See 2.238.
g.409
extrasensory power through which the cessation of contaminants is realized
Wylie: zag pa zad pa mngon du bya ba’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ་མངོན་དུ་བྱ་བའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: āsravakṣayābhijñāsākṣātkriyā[jñāna-]abhijñā
Sixth of the six extrasensory powers. See 2.239.
g.410
extrasensory power through which the facets of miraculous ability are realized
Wylie: rdzu ’phrul gyi rnam pa mngon du bya ba’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྣམ་པ་མངོན་དུ་བྱ་བའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: ṛddhividhijñasākṣātkriyā[jñāna-]abhijñā
First of the six extrasensory powers. See 2.234
g.411
extrasensory power through which the minds and conduct of all beings are realized
Wylie: sems can thams cad kyi sems dang spyod pa mngon du bya ba’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་སེམས་དང་སྤྱོད་པ་མངོན་དུ་བྱ་བའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvasattvacittacaritajñānasākṣātkriyā[jñāna-]abhijñā
Third of the six extrasensory powers. See 2.236.
g.412
extrasensory power through which the recollection of past lives is realized
Wylie: sngon gyi gnas rjes su dran pa mngon du bya ba’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: སྔོན་གྱི་གནས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ་མངོན་དུ་བྱ་བའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: pūrvanivāsānusmṛtisākṣātkriyā[jñāna-]abhijñā
Fourth of the six extrasensory powers. See 2.237.
g.413
extremely broad collarbones
Wylie: phrag so shin tu rgyas pa
Tibetan: ཕྲག་སོ་ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: citāntarāṃsatā
Twentieth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.414
extremely even teeth
Wylie: tshems shin tu mnyam pa
Tibetan: ཚེམས་ཤིན་ཏུ་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit: samadantatā
Twenty-eighth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.415
extremely long [and slender] tongue
Wylie: ljags shin du yangs pa
Tibetan: ལྗགས་ཤིན་དུ་ཡངས་པ།
Sanskrit: pṛthutanujihvatā
Twenty-fourth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.416
extremely well-shaped abdomen
Wylie: phyal shin du ’phyang ba dang ldan pa
Tibetan: ཕྱལ་ཤིན་དུ་འཕྱང་བ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: mṛṣṭakukṣi
Thirty-fourth of the eighty minor marks.
g.417
extremely white teeth
Wylie: tshems shin tu dkar ba
Tibetan: ཚེམས་ཤིན་ཏུ་དཀར་བ།
Sanskrit: saśukladantatā
Twenty-seventh of the thirty-two major marks.
g.418
eye of divine clairvoyance
Wylie: lha’i mig
Tibetan: ལྷའི་མིག
Sanskrit: divyacakṣus
Second of the five eyes. See 2.219.
g.419
eye of flesh
Wylie: sha’i mig
Tibetan: ཤའི་མིག
Sanskrit: māṃsacakṣuḥ
First of the five eyes. See 2.217.
g.420
eye of the buddhas
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi spyan, sangs rgyas kyi mig
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་སྤྱན།, སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་མིག
Sanskrit: buddhacakṣuḥ
Fifth of the five eyes. See 2.231.
g.421
eye of the Dharma
Wylie: chos kyi mig
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་མིག
Sanskrit: dharmacakṣus
Fourth of the five eyes. See 2.224-2.230.
g.422
eye of wisdom
Wylie: shes rab kyi mig
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་མིག
Sanskrit: prajñācakṣuḥ
Third of the five eyes. See 2.222.
g.423
eyebrows with hairs of even length
Wylie: smin ma’i spu mnyam pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སྨིན་མའི་སྤུ་མཉམ་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: samaromabhrū
Sixty-sixth of the eighty minor marks.
g.424
eyelashes like those of a cow
Wylie: ba’i rdzi ma lta bu
Tibetan: བའི་རྫི་མ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: viśālagopakṣmanetratā
Thirty-second of the thirty-two major marks.
g.425
eyelashes that are dense
Wylie: rdzi ma stug pa
Tibetan: རྫི་མ་སྟུག་པ།
Sanskrit: citrapakṣmā
Sixty-second of the eighty minor marks.
g.426
eyes like lotus petals, in which the light and dark parts are distinct
Wylie: spyan dkar nag ’byes shing pad mo’i ’dab ma ltar ’dug pa
Tibetan: སྤྱན་དཀར་ནག་འབྱེས་ཤིང་པད་མོའི་འདབ་མ་ལྟར་འདུག་པ།
Sanskrit: sitāsitakamalaśakalanayana
Sixty-third of the eighty minor marks.
g.427
eyes that are long
Wylie: spyan ring ba dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སྤྱན་རིང་བ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: viśālanetra
Sixtieth of the eighty minor marks.
g.428
eyes that are pure
Wylie: spyan rnam par dag pa
Tibetan: སྤྱན་རྣམ་པར་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: viśuddhanetra
Sixty-first of the eighty minor marks.
g.429
face is adorned with a hair ringlet [between the eyebrows]
Wylie: zhal mdzod spus brgyan pa
Tibetan: ཞལ་མཛོད་སྤུས་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: ūrṇāṅkhitamukhatā
Seventeenth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.430
face that appears like a form being reflected
Wylie: zhal gzugs kyi gzugs brnyan snang ba
Tibetan: ཞལ་གཟུགས་ཀྱི་གཟུགས་བརྙན་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: bimbapratibimbadarśanavadana
Forty-seventh of the eighty minor marks.
g.431
face that is not too long
Wylie: zhal ha cang yang mi ring ba
Tibetan: ཞལ་ཧ་ཅང་ཡང་མི་རིང་བ།
Sanskrit: nātyāyatavacana
Forty-sixth of the eighty minor marks.
g.432
factors conducive to enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: bodhipakṣadharma
See “thirty-seven factors conducive to enlightenment.“
g.433
factors that take on negative states
Wylie: gnas ngan len
Tibetan: གནས་ངན་ལེན།
Sanskrit: dauṣṭhulya, dauḥśīlya
A term that includes all the many factors, whether associated with body, speech, or mind, that underlie present or future suffering, including karma and the afflictions, the various kinds of obscuration, and the aggregates themselves. Lists of varying numbers of factors can be found (e.g. of 24 in the Abhidharmakośabhāṣya), but in this text the scope of the term is set out at 66.32-66.38.
g.434
faculties
Wylie: dbang po
Tibetan: དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: indriya
See “five faculties.”
g.435
faculties endowed with the knowledge of all phenomena
Wylie: kun shes pa rig pa’i dbang po
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཤེས་པ་རིག་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: ājñātāvīndriya
Third of the three faculties. See n.115.
g.436
faculties that acquire the knowledge of all phenomena
Wylie: kun shes pa’i dbang po
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཤེས་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: ājñendriya
Second of the three faculties.
g.437
faculties that will enable knowledge of all that is unknown
Wylie: ma shes pa yongs su shes par bya ba’i dbang po, yongs su ma shes pa yongs su shes par bya ba’i dbang po
Tibetan: མ་ཤེས་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་ཤེས་པར་བྱ་བའི་དབང་པོ།, ཡོངས་སུ་མ་ཤེས་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་ཤེས་པར་བྱ་བའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: anājñātamājñāsyāmīndriya
First of the three faculties.
g.438
faculty of faith
Wylie: dad pa’i dbang po
Tibetan: དད་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: śraddhendriya
First of the five faculties.
g.439
faculty of meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi dbang po
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: samādhyindriya
Fourth of the five faculties.
g.440
faculty of perseverance
Wylie: brtson ’grus kyi dbang po
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vīryendriya
Second of the five faculties.
g.441
faculty of recollection
Wylie: dran pa’i dbang po
Tibetan: དྲན་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: smṛtyindriya
Third of the five faculties.
g.442
faculty of wisdom
Wylie: shes rab kyi dbang po
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: prajñendriya
Fifth of the five faculties.
g.443
false views about perishable composites
Wylie: ’jig tshogs la lta ba
Tibetan: འཇིག་ཚོགས་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: satkāyadṛṣṭi
First of the three fetters; also third of the five fetters associated with the lower realms, which concerns the superimposition of the notion of self upon the five aggregates.
g.444
falsehood
Wylie: brdzun du smra ba, rdzun du smra ba
Tibetan: བརྫུན་དུ་སྨྲ་བ།, རྫུན་དུ་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit: mṛṣāvāda
Fourth of the ten nonvirtuous actions. Also rendered here as “lying” and “telling of lies.”
g.445
fearlessnesses
Wylie: mi ’jigs pa
Tibetan: མི་འཇིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: vaiśāradya
See “four fearlessnesses.”
g.446
feelings
Wylie: tshor ba
Tibetan: ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit: vedanā
Second of the five aggregates; also seventh of the twelve links of dependent origination. Also translated here as “sensation.”
g.447
feelings conditioned by sensory contact compounded by the body, touch, and tactile consciousness
Wylie: lus dang reg bya dang lus kyi rnam par shes pa ’dus reg pa’i rkyen gyis tshor ba
Tibetan: ལུས་དང་རེག་བྱ་དང་ལུས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ་འདུས་རེག་པའི་རྐྱེན་གྱིས་ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit: kāyaspraṣṭavyakāyavijñāna-saṃsparśajāvedanā
g.448
feelings conditioned by sensory contact compounded by the ears, sounds, and auditory consciousness
Wylie: rna ba dang sgra dang rna’i rnam par shes pa ’dus reg pa’i rkyen gyis tshor ba
Tibetan: རྣ་བ་དང་སྒྲ་དང་རྣའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ་འདུས་རེག་པའི་རྐྱེན་གྱིས་ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit: śrotraśabdaśrotravijñānasaṃsparśajāvedanā
g.449
feelings conditioned by sensory contact compounded by the eyes, sights, and visual consciousness
Wylie: mig dang gzugs dang mig gi rnam par shes pa ’dus reg pa’i rkyen gyis tshor ba
Tibetan: མིག་དང་གཟུགས་དང་མིག་གི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ་འདུས་རེག་པའི་རྐྱེན་གྱིས་ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit: cakṣurūpacakṣurvijñāna-saṃsparśajāvedanā
g.450
feelings conditioned by sensory contact compounded by the mental faculty, mental phenomena, and mental consciousness
Wylie: yid dang chos dang yid kyi rnam par shes pa ’dus reg pa’i rkyen gyis tshor ba
Tibetan: ཡིད་དང་ཆོས་དང་ཡིད་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ་འདུས་རེག་པའི་རྐྱེན་གྱིས་ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit: manodharmamanovijñānasaṃsparśajāvedanā
g.451
feelings conditioned by sensory contact compounded by the nose, odors, and olfactory consciousness
Wylie: sna dang dri dang sna’i rnam par shes pa ’dus reg pa’i rkyen gyis tshor ba
Tibetan: སྣ་དང་དྲི་དང་སྣའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ་འདུས་རེག་པའི་རྐྱེན་གྱིས་ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit: ghrāṇagandhaghrāṇavijñāna-saṃsparśajāvedanā
g.452
feelings conditioned by sensory contact compounded by the tongue, tastes, and gustatory consciousness
Wylie: lce dang ro dang lce’i rnam par shes pa ’dus te reg pa’i rkyen gyis tshor ba
Tibetan: ལྕེ་དང་རོ་དང་ལྕེའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པའི་རྐྱེན་གྱིས་ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit: jihvārasajihvāvijñāna-saṃsparśajāvedanā
g.453
feelings conditioned by sensory contact that is mentally compounded
Wylie: yid kyi ’dus te reg pa’i rkyen gyis tshor ba
Tibetan: ཡིད་ཀྱི་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པའི་རྐྱེན་གྱིས་ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit: manaḥsaṃsparśajāvedanā
g.454
feelings conditioned by sensory contact that is visually compounded
Wylie: mig gi ’dus te reg pa’i rkyen gyis tshor ba
Tibetan: མིག་གི་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པའི་རྐྱེན་གྱིས་ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit: cakṣuḥsaṃsparśajāvedanā
g.455
feet are well positioned
Wylie: zhabs shin tu gnas pa
Tibetan: ཞབས་ཤིན་ཏུ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: supratiṣṭhitapādatā
Second of the thirty-two major marks.
g.456
fetter
Wylie: kun tu sbyor ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit: saṃyojana
Factors that bind one to rebirth in saṃsāra. See also “three fetters” and “five fetters” associated with the lower realms.
g.457
final nirvāṇa
Wylie: yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit: parinirvāṇa
Nirvāṇa, the state beyond sorrow, denotes the ultimate attainment of buddhahood, the permanent cessation of all suffering and the afflicted mental states that cause and perpetuate suffering, along with all misapprehension with regard to the nature of emptiness. As such, it is the antithesis of cyclic existence. Three types of nirvāṇa are identified: (1) the residual nirvāṇa where the person is still dependent on conditioned aggregates, (2) the nonresidual nirvāṇa where the aggregates have also been consumed within emptiness, and (3) the nonabiding nirvāṇa transcending the extremes of phenomenal existence and quiescence. Final nirvāṇa implies the nonresidual attainment.
g.458
first setting of their mind on enlightenment
Wylie: sems dang po bskyed pa
Tibetan: སེམས་དང་པོ་བསྐྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: prathamacittotpāda
g.459
five aggregates
Wylie: phung po lnga
Tibetan: ཕུང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcaskandha
The ordinary mind-body complex is termed the “five aggregates,” which comprise physical forms, feelings, perceptions, formative predispositions, and consciousness. For a detailed exposition of the five aggregates in accord with Asaṅga’s Abhidharmasamuccaya, see Jamgon Kongtrul, TOK Book 6, Pt. 2: pp. 477–531.
g.460
five aggregates of appropriation
Wylie: nye bar len pa’i phung po lnga
Tibetan: ཉེ་བར་ལེན་པའི་ཕུང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcopadānaskandha
A collective name for the five impure aggregates: (1) physical forms, (2) feelings, (3) perceptions, (4) formative predispositions, and (5) consciousness. The term “aggregates of appropriation” (upadānaskandha, nye bar len pa’i phung po) denotes the contaminated aggregates (sāsravaskandha, zag bcas kyi phung po) which emerge through the primary cause of past actions and afflicted mental states, and become the primary cause for subsequent actions and afflictions.
g.461
five classes of living beings
Wylie: ’gro ba lnga
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcagati
These comprise gods and humans of the higher realms within cyclic existence, along with animals, anguished spirits, and the denizens of the hells, whose abodes are identified with the lower realms.
g.462
five degrees of enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub rnam lnga
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་རྣམ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcabodhi
See n.336.
g.463
five extrasensory powers
Wylie: mngon par shes pa lnga
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcābhijñā
See “extrasensory power.”
g.464
five eyes
Wylie: mig lnga
Tibetan: མིག་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcacakṣuḥ
These comprise (1) the eye of flesh, (2) the eye of divine clairvoyance, (3) the eye of wisdom, (4) the eye of the Dharma, and (5) the eye of the buddhas. See 2.216-2.233.
g.465
five eyes of the tathāgatas
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa’i spyan lnga
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྤྱན་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcacakṣus
g.466
five faculties
Wylie: dbang po lnga
Tibetan: དབང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcendriya
The five faculties, as found listed in 9.22, comprise (1) the faculty of faith, (2) the faculty of perseverance, (3) the faculty of recollection, (4) the faculty of meditative stability, and (5) the faculty of wisdom.
g.467
five fetters associated with the higher realms
Wylie: bla ma’i cha can gyi kun tu sbyor ba lnga
Tibetan: བླ་མའི་ཆ་ཅན་གྱི་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcordhvabhāgīyasaṃyojana
As described in 2.225, they comprise attachment to the realm of form, attachment to the realm of formlessness, ignorance, pride, and mental agitation.
g.468
five fetters associated with the lower realms
Wylie: ’og ma’i cha dang ’thun pa’i kun tu sbyor ba lnga, dam pa ma yin pa’i cha’i kun du sbyor ba lnga
Tibetan: འོག་མའི་ཆ་དང་འཐུན་པའི་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ་ལྔ།, དམ་པ་མ་ཡིན་པའི་ཆའི་ཀུན་དུ་སྦྱོར་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: adharabhāgīyapañcasaṃyojana
The five fetters associated with the lower realms comprise desire , hatred, inertia due to wrong views, attachment to moral and ascetic supremacy, and doubt. See Zhang Yisun et al (1985): p. 2529.
g.469
five inexpiable crimes
Wylie: mtshams med lnga, mtshams ma mchis pa lnga
Tibetan: མཚམས་མེད་ལྔ།, མཚམས་མ་མཆིས་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcānantarīya
The “five inexpiable crimes,” or “crimes with immediate retribution” because they result in immediate rebirth in the hells without any intermediate state, are regarded as the most severe and consequently the most difficult negative actions to overcome by reparation. They are matricide (ma gsod pa), killing an arhat (dgra bcom pa gsod pa), patricide (pha gsod pa), creating a schism in the monastic community (dge ’dun gyi dbyen byas pa), and intentionally wounding a buddha (de bzhin gshegs pa’i sku la ngan sems kyis khrag ’byin pa).
g.470
five obscurations
Wylie: sgrib pa lnga
Tibetan: སྒྲིབ་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcanivaraṇa
The five obscurations comprise: longing for sensual pleasure (kāmacchanda, ’dod la ’dun pa), harmful intention (vyāpāda, gnod sems), dullness and sleep (styānamiddha, rmugs gnyid), agitation and regret (auddhatyakaukṛtya, rgod ’gyod), and doubt (vicikitsā, the tshom). They are listed at 39.18. See also Kimura IV: p. 182.
g.471
five powers
Wylie: stobs lnga
Tibetan: སྟོབས་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcabala
As listed in 9.23, these comprise (1) the power of faith, (2) the power of perseverance, (3) the power of recollection, (4) the power of meditative stability, and (5) the power of wisdom.
g.472
five precepts
Wylie: bslab pa’i gnas lnga
Tibetan: བསླབ་པའི་གནས་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcaśikṣā
To abstain from killing, theft, sexual misconduct, lying, and intoxicants.
g.473
five undefiled aggregates
Wylie: zag med kyi phung po lnga
Tibetan: ཟག་མེད་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañca anāsravaskandha
Also known as the five aggregates beyond the world (lokottaraskandha, ’jig rten las ’das pa’i phung po lnga). They consist of the aggregate of ethical discipline, the aggregate of meditative stability, the aggregate of wisdom, the aggregate of liberation, and the aggregate of seeing the knowledge of liberation.
g.474
five undiminished extrasensory powers
Wylie: ma nyams pa’i mngon par shes pa lnga
Tibetan: མ་ཉམས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་ལྔ།
The five extrasensory powers are called “undiminished” in the sense of remaining present through death and all subsequent rebirths, whatever the form of life. See also The Long Explanation (Toh 3808), 4.57.
g.475
focus their attention with all-aspect omniscience in mind
Wylie: rnam pa thams cad mkhyen pa nyid dang ldan pa’i yid la bya bas
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ་ཉིད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་ཡིད་ལ་བྱ་བས།
Sanskrit: sarvākārajñatāpratisaṃyuktair manasikārair
An important phrase in this text specifying that the goal of a bodhisattva’s practice remains the attainment of all-aspect omniscience, i.e., buddhahood.
g.476
focusing the attention correctly
Wylie: tshul bzhin yid la byed pa
Tibetan: ཚུལ་བཞིན་ཡིད་ལ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: yoniśomanaskāra
An important term describing how the mind engages with a subject. “Correctly” (yoniśo, tshul bzhin) in many contexts means without the distortions brought by views such as of the self, permanence, etc., but more particularly in the Prajñāpāramitā texts, as explained in chapter 23 at 23.28, it also means without engaging in either duality or nonduality.
g.477
follower of the Dharma
Wylie: chos kyi rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit: dharmānusārin
g.478
follower on account of faith
Wylie: dad pa’i rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan: དད་པའི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit: śraddhānusārin
g.479
follower on account of the doctrine
Wylie: chos kyi rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit: dharmānusārin
g.480
following those learned in the languages of all beings
Wylie: sems can thams cad kyi sgra la mkhas pa’i rjes su ’gro ba
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་སྒྲ་ལ་མཁས་པའི་རྗེས་སུ་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarvasattvarutakauśalyānugato
The sixteenth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.481
forehead that is broad
Wylie: zhal dpral ba yangs pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan: ཞལ་དཔྲལ་བ་ཡངས་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: pṛthulalāṭa
Seventy-second of the eighty minor marks.
g.482
forehead that is well formed
Wylie: zhal dpral ba legs par grub pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan: ཞལ་དཔྲལ་བ་ལེགས་པར་གྲུབ་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: supariṇatalalāṭa
Seventy-first of the eighty minor marks.
g.483
formative predispositions
Wylie: ’du byed
Tibetan: འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: saṃskāra
Fourth of the five aggregates; also second of the twelve links of dependent origination. This term denotes the deep-seated predispositions inherited from past actions and experiences, some of which function in association with mind, while others do not. Formative predispositions are critical to the Buddhist understanding of the causal dynamics of karma and conditioning. It is the collection of such countless predispositions by afflicted mental states that constitutes the obscuration of misconceptions concerning the known range of phenomena, the total eradication of which occurs only when full awakening or buddhahood is achieved.
g.484
formless meditative absorptions
Wylie: gzugs med pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: ārūpyasamāpatti
Described in 9.34.
g.485
formulation
Wylie: rnam grangs
Tibetan: རྣམ་གྲངས།
Sanskrit: paryāya
Refers in this text to the statements underlying certain important points of the prajñāpāramitā. The term can also mean “arrangement,” “discourse,” or “explanation.”
g.486
formulation of the Dharma
Wylie: chos kyi rnam grangs
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་གྲངས།
Sanskrit: dharmaparyāya
A particular way of expressing or formulating the Dharma, whether in the form of a long discourse or brief statement.
g.487
forward and reversed operation
Wylie: lugs ’byung dang lugs ldog, lugs dang ’thun pa dang lugs dang mi ’thun pa
Tibetan: ལུགས་འབྱུང་དང་ལུགས་ལྡོག, ལུགས་དང་འཐུན་པ་དང་ལུགས་དང་མི་འཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit: anulomapratiloma
The process of dependent origination as it works to bring about rebirth in saṃsāra, and as it works when deliberately reversed to bring the cycle to an end. See “twelve links of dependent origination.”
g.488
four applications of mindfulness
Wylie: dran pa nye bar gzhag pa bzhi
Tibetan: དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥsmṛtyupasthāna
The four applications of mindfulness are (1) the application of mindfulness which observes the physical body; (2) the application of mindfulness which observes feelings; (3) the application of mindfulness which observes the mind; and (4) the application of mindfulness which observes phenomena. In the present sūtra, an explanation focused mainly on the first of the four is found at the beginning of chapter 9. See 9.1.
g.489
four assemblies
Wylie: ’khor bzhi
Tibetan: འཁོར་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥpariṣad
This denotes the assemblies of fully ordained monks and nuns, along with laymen and laywomen.
g.490
four attractive qualities
Wylie: bsdu ba’i dngos po bzhi
Tibetan: བསྡུ་བའི་དངོས་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥsaṃgrahavastu
These are (1) generosity (sbyin pa, dāna), (2) pleasant speech (snyan par smra ba, priyavadita), (3) purposeful activity (don du spyod pa, arthacaryā), and (4) harmonious activity (don ’thun par spyod pa, samānārthatā). The last of these is interpreted in Asaṅga’s works to mean “doing oneself what one preaches to others,” but the original meaning in this context according to some sources including the Mahāvastu may have been consonance, or empathy, in the sense of sharing the joys and sorrows of others (see Edgerton p. 569).
g.491
four bonds
Wylie: sbyor ba bzhi
Tibetan: སྦྱོར་བ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturyoga
According to Nordrang Orgyan 2008: p. 808, there are eight distinct enumerations, among which they are identified in the commentarial tradition of the Abhidharmakośa with the four torrents.
g.492
four continents
Wylie: gling bzhi
Tibetan: གླིང་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturdvīpa
According to traditional Buddhist cosmology, our universe consists of a central mountain, known as Mount Meru or Sumeru, surrounded by four island continents (dvīpa), one in each of the four cardinal directions. The Abhidharmakośa explains that each of these island continents has a specific shape and is flanked by two smaller subcontinents of similar shape. To the south of Mount Meru is Jambudvīpa, corresponding either to the Indian subcontinent itself or to the known world. It is triangular in shape, and at its center is the place where the buddhas attain awakening. The humans who inhabit Jambudvīpa have a lifespan of one hundred years. To the east is Videha, a semicircular continent inhabited by humans who have a lifespan of two hundred fifty years and are twice as tall as the humans who inhabit Jambudvīpa. To the north is Uttarakuru, a square continent whose inhabitants have a lifespan of a thousand years. To the west is Godānīya, circular in shape, where the lifespan is five hundred years.
g.493
four correct exertions
Wylie: yang dag par spong ba bzhi
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་སྤོང་བ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥprahāṇa
See 9.20. The four correct exertions are (1) preventing negative states of mind from arising, (2) removing those that have already arisen, (3) giving rise to positive states that have not yet arisen, and (4) maintaining those that have already arisen. While the translation of this term here follows the Sanskrit, a literal translation from Tibetan would be “four correct abandonings,” a rendering often seen. It is possible that the Tibetan translators may originally have confused the meaning in Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit (BHS) of the term prahāṇa (“priority”) with its meaning in classical Sanskrit (“elimination”). The classical Sanskrit equivalent of BHS prahāṇa is pradhāna.
g.494
four determinations
Wylie: rnam par dgod pa bzhi
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་དགོད་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturvyavasthāna
These concern: (1) establishing the sacred doctrine ( chos gdags pa rnam par ’god pa ), (2) establishing the truth ( bden pa gdags pa rnam par ’god pa ), (3) establishing reason ( rigs pa gdags pa rnam par ’god pa ), and (4) establishing the vehicles ( theg pa gdags pa rnam par ’god pa ). See the Śatasāhasrikāprajñāpāramitābṛhaṭṭīkā, Toh 3807 (Degé Tengyur vol. 91, F37.a); also Edgerton, p. 516.
g.495
four fearlessnesses
Wylie: mi ’jigs pa bzhi
Tibetan: མི་འཇིགས་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturvaiśāradya
The four fearlessnesses are proclaimed by the tathāgatas as: (1) “I claim to have attained completely awakened buddhahood”; (2) “I claim I am one whose contaminants have ceased”; (3) “I claim to have explained those phenomena that cause obstacles”; (4) “I claim to have shown the path that leads to realizing the emancipation of the noble and that will genuinely bring an end to suffering for those who make use of it.” The listing of the four fearlessnesses is translated and analyzed in Konow 1941: pp. 39–40, with reconstructed Sanskrit on pp. 106–7. A full explanation of the fearlessnesses can be found in the passage at 2.388–2.425 in The Teaching on the Great Compassion of the Tathāgata (Tathāgatamahākaruṇānirdeśa, Toh 147), in which the four fearlessnesses are described as the eleventh to fourteenth of thirty-two actions of a tathāgata. See also Mahāvyutpatti 130–34 and the corresponding explanation in the Drajor Bamponyipa (sgra sbyor bam po gnyis pa); Dayal 1932: pp. 20–21; and Sparham 2012 (IV): pp. 80–81. The four are generally known by other names, as in the Mahāvyutpatti: the first is the “fearlessness in the knowledge of all phenomena” (sarvadharmābhisambodhivaiśāradya, chos thams cad mkhyen pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for his own benefit; the second is the “fearlessness in the knowledge of the cessation of all contaminants” (sarvāśravakṣayajñānavaiśāradya, zag pa zad pa thams cad mkhyen pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for his own benefit; the third is the “fearlessness to declare that phenomena that obstruct the path will not engender any further negative outcomes” (anantarāyikadharmānanyathātvaviniścitavyākaraṇavaiśāradya, bar du gcod pa’i chos rnams gzhan du mi ’gyur bar nges pa’i lung bstan pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for others’ benefit; and the fourth is the “fearlessness that the path of renunciation through which all excellent attributes are to be obtained has been thus realized” (sarvasampadadhigamāyanairāṇikapratipattathātvavaiśāradya, phun sum tshogs pa thams cad thob par ’gyur bar nges par ’byung ba’i lam de bzhin du gyur ba la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for others’ benefit.
g.496
four formless meditative absorptions
Wylie: gzugs med pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa bzhi
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturārūpyasamāpatti
As found listed in 9.34 these comprise (1) the meditative absorption of the sphere of infinite space, (2) the meditative absorption of the sphere of infinite consciousness, (3) the meditative absorption of the sphere of nothing-at-all, and (4) the meditative absorption of neither perception nor nonperception. The four formless absorptions and their fruits are discussed in Jamgon Kongtrul, TOK Book 6, Pt. 2: pp. 436–38.
g.497
four graspings
Wylie: nye bar len pa bzhi
Tibetan: ཉེ་བར་ལེན་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturupādāna
These comprise (1) desire (rāga, ’dod pa), (2) views (dṛṣṭi, lta ba), (3) ethical disciple and asceticism (śīlavrata, tshul khrims brtul zhugs), and (4) self-promotion (ātmavāda, bdag tu smra ba). See Zhang Yisun: p. 967.
g.498
Four Great Kings
Wylie: rgyal po chen po bzhi
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturmahārāja
Four gods who live on the lower slopes (fourth level) of Mount Meru in the eponymous Heaven of the Four Great Kings (Cāturmahārājika, rgyal chen bzhi’i ris) and guard the four cardinal directions. Each is the leader of a nonhuman class of beings living in his realm. They are Dhṛtarāṣṭra, ruling the gandharvas in the east; Virūḍhaka, ruling over the kumbhāṇḍas in the south; Virūpākṣa, ruling the nāgas in the west; and Vaiśravaṇa (also known as Kubera) ruling the yakṣas in the north. Also referred to as Guardians of the World or World Protectors (lokapāla, ’jig rten skyong ba).
g.499
four immeasurable attitudes
Wylie: tshad med pa bzhi
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturaprameya
These are (1) loving kindness, (2) compassion, (3) empathetic joy, and (4) equanimity. On training in the four immeasurable attitudes, see Padmakara Translation Group (1994): pp. 195–217.
g.500
four kinds of disease
Wylie: nad bzhi
Tibetan: ནད་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturvyādhi
Diseases of wind, bile, phlegm, and a mixture of humoral imbalances.
g.501
four kinds of exact knowledge
Wylie: so so yang dag par rig pa bzhi
Tibetan: སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥpratisaṃvid
The four kinds of exact knowledge—the essentials through which the buddhas impart their teachings—comprise (1) exact knowledge of meanings, (2) exact knowledge of dharmas, (3) exact knowledge of their language and lexical explanations, and (4) exact knowledge of their eloquent expression. See 9.42. On the philological origins of these four kinds of exact knowledge, see Konow (1941): p. 40, and the reconstructed Sanskrit on p. 107; also Dayal (1932): pp. 259–67, and Sparham (2012 IV): pp. 78–79.
g.502
four knots
Wylie: mdud pa bzhi
Tibetan: མདུད་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturgranthā
These comprise: (1) covetousness (abhidhyā, brnab sems), (2) malice (vyāpāda, gnod sems), (3) moral supremacy (śīlaparāmarśa, tshul khrims snyems pa) and (4) ascetic supremacy (vrataparāmarśa, brtul zhugs snyems pa). See Zhang Yisun: p. 1379.
g.503
four meditative concentrations
Wylie: bsam gtan bzhi
Tibetan: བསམ་གཏན་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturdhyāna
Described in 9.31-9.32. See also “meditative concentration.” The four meditative concentrations and their fruits are specifically examined in Jamgon Kongtrul, TOK Book 6, Pt. 2: pp. 427–36. For Pāli and Sanskrit sources, see Dayal (1932): pp. 225–31.
g.504
four misconceptions
Wylie: phyin ci log bzhi
Tibetan: ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturviparyāsā
These comprise (1) the notion that what is impermanent is permanent (anitye nityasaṃjñā, mi rtag pa la rtag pa’i ’du shes), (2) the notion that what is suffering is happiness (duḥkhe sukhasaṃjñā, sdug bsngal ba la bde ba’i ’du shes), (3) the notion that nonself is self (anātmanyātmasaṃjñā, bdag med pa la bdag gi ’du shes), and (4) the notion that what is unpleasant is pleasant (aśubhe śubhasaṃjñā, mi sdug pa la sdug pa’i ’du shes). The last is also sometimes (though not in this text) rendered “holding impurity to be purity” (aśucau śuci, mi gtsang pa la gtsang bar ’dzin pa). See Negi 1993–2005: p. 3569 and Zhang Yisun: p. 1748.
g.505
four nourishments
Wylie: zas bzhi
Tibetan: ཟས་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturāhāra
These comprise: (1) the nourishment of food (kavaḍīkāra, kham), (2) the nourishment of sensory contact (sparśa, reg pa), (3) the nourishment of mentation (cetanā, sems pa), and (4) the nourishment of consciousness (vijñāna, rnam par shes pa), the first two of which are directed toward the present life and the last two to the subsequent life. See Negi 1993–2005: p. 5382 and Zhang Yisun et al: p. 2457.
g.506
four pairs of persons
Wylie: skyes bu zung bzhi
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་བུ་ཟུང་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥ puruṣayuga
g.507
four supports for miraculous ability
Wylie: rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa bzhi
Tibetan: རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catvāra ṛddhipādāḥ
The four supports for miraculous ability, as enumerated in 9.21, comprise (1) the support for miraculous ability combining the meditative stability of resolution with the formative force of exertion, (2) the support for miraculous ability combining the meditative stability of perseverance with the formative force of exertion, (3) the support for miraculous ability combining the meditative stability of mind with the formative force of exertion, and (4) the support for miraculous ability combining the meditative stability of scrutiny with the formative force of exertion.
g.508
four torrents
Wylie: chu bo bzhi
Tibetan: ཆུ་བོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturogha
The four torrents, which are to be abandoned, comprise: (1) the torrent of ignorance (avidyā, ma rig pa), (2) the torrent of wrong view (dṛṣṭi, lta ba), (3) the torrent of rebirth (bhava, srid pa), and (4) the torrent of craving (tṛṣṇā, sred pa). See Nyima and Dorje 2001: p. 1075.
g.509
four truths of the noble ones
Wylie: ’phags pa’i bden pa bzhi
Tibetan: འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturāryasatya
The four truths of the noble ones, as listed in 18.43, comprise (1) the truth of suffering, (2) the truth of the origin of suffering, (3) the truth of the cessation of suffering , and (4) the truth of the path . (Strictly speaking, these should be translated “the truth of the noble ones concerning suffering,” and so on, but for brevity the widespread short form has been used.)The topic from the perspective of this text is discussed in detail in 68.13-68.19. On the twelve aspects pertaining to the four noble truths, see n.394.
g.510
four utter purities
Wylie: shin tu yongs su dag pa bzhi
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥpariśuddha
These are enumerated in 62.61.
g.511
fourteen aspects of emptiness
Wylie: stong pa nyid bcu bzhi
Tibetan: སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་བཅུ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: caturdaśaśūnyatā
These are enumerated in 52.47 and comprise the first fourteen of the eighteen aspects of emptiness, q.v. See also Lamotte: The Treatise on the Great Virtue of Wisdom, IV: p. 1670.
g.512
fragrant hair
Wylie: dbu skra dri zhim pa
Tibetan: དབུ་སྐྲ་དྲི་ཞིམ་པ།
Sanskrit: surabhikeśa
Seventy-ninth of the eighty minor marks.
g.513
free from extinction
Wylie: zad pa dang bral ba
Tibetan: ཟད་པ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: kṣayāpagata
The 46th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.514
free from mentation
Wylie: sems med pa
Tibetan: སེམས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: niścitta
The 34th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.515
frequent charnel grounds
Wylie: dur khrod pa
Tibetan: དུར་ཁྲོད་པ།
Sanskrit: śmāśānika
One of the twelve ascetic practices (dhūtaguṇa).
g.516
fruit of being destined for only one more rebirth
Wylie: lan gcig phyir ’ong ba’i ’bras bu
Tibetan: ལན་གཅིག་ཕྱིར་འོང་བའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit: sakṛdāgāmīphala
Second of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas.
g.517
fruit of entering the stream
Wylie: rgyun du zhugs pa’i ’bras bu
Tibetan: རྒྱུན་དུ་ཞུགས་པའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit: śrota’āpannaphala
First of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas, that of the first stage in progressing toward nirvāṇa.
g.518
fruit of no longer being subject to rebirth
Wylie: phyir mi ’ong ba’i ’bras bu
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit: āgāmīphala
Third of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas. “Rebirth” here refers only to rebirth in the realm of desire, as rebirth in the pure abodes (śuddhāvāsa) of the form realm is one outcome.
g.519
full set of forty even teeth
Wylie: tshems mnyam zhing bzhi bcu tshang ba
Tibetan: ཚེམས་མཉམ་ཞིང་བཞི་བཅུ་ཚང་བ།
Sanskrit: samacatvāriśaddantatā
Thirtieth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.520
gait of a leading bull
Wylie: khyu mchog gi stabs su bzhud pa
Tibetan: ཁྱུ་མཆོག་གི་སྟབས་སུ་བཞུད་པ།
Sanskrit: vṛṣabhavikrāntagāmin
Fourteenth of the eighty minor marks.
g.521
gait of a lion
Wylie: seng ge’i ’gros su bzhud pa
Tibetan: སེང་གེའི་འགྲོས་སུ་བཞུད་པ།
Sanskrit: siṃhavikrāntagāmin
Eleventh of the eighty minor marks.
g.522
gait of a swan
Wylie: ngang pa’i stabs su bzhud pa
Tibetan: ངང་པའི་སྟབས་སུ་བཞུད་པ།
Sanskrit: haṃsavikrāntagāmin
Thirteenth of the eighty minor marks.
g.523
gait of an elephant
Wylie: glang po’i ’gros su bzhud pa
Tibetan: གླང་པོའི་འགྲོས་སུ་བཞུད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāgavikrāntagāmin
Twelfth of the eighty minor marks.
g.524
gait turning to the right
Wylie: g.yas phyogs su bzhud pa
Tibetan: གཡས་ཕྱོགས་སུ་བཞུད་པ།
Sanskrit: pradakṣiṇāvartagāmin
Fifteenth of the eighty minor marks.
g.525
gandharva
Wylie: dri za
Tibetan: དྲི་ཟ།
Sanskrit: gandharva
Gandharvas are generally regarded as a class of semi-divine beings, but in Abhidharma the term is often used differently—as a synonym for the mental body assumed by any being of the realm of desire (kāmadhātu) during the intermediate state between death and rebirth.
g.526
gandharva spirit town
Wylie: dri za’i grong khyer
Tibetan: དྲི་ཟའི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར།
Sanskrit: gandharvanagara
See “gandharva.”
g.527
Gandhavati
Wylie: spos can
Tibetan: སྤོས་ཅན།
Sanskrit: gandhavati
The city where Dharmodgata resides and teaches.
g.528
Gaṅgā
Wylie: gang gA’i klung
Tibetan: གང་གཱའི་ཀླུང་།
Sanskrit: gaṅgā
The Gaṅgā, or Ganges in English, is considered to be the most sacred river of India, particularly within the Hindu tradition. It starts in the Himalayas, flows through the northern plains of India, bathing the holy city of Vārāṇasī, and meets the sea at the Bay of Bengal, in Bangladesh. In the sūtras, however, this river is mostly mentioned not for its sacredness but for its abundant sands—noticeable still today on its many sandy banks and at its delta—which serve as a common metaphor for infinitely large numbers.According to Buddhist cosmology, as explained in the Abhidharmakośa, it is one of the four rivers that flow from Lake Anavatapta and cross the southern continent of Jambudvīpa—the known human world or more specifically the Indian subcontinent.
g.529
Gaṅgadevī
Wylie: gang gA’i lha mo
Tibetan: གང་གཱའི་ལྷ་མོ།
Sanskrit: gaṅgadevī
A woman whose future awakening is predicted by the Buddha in chapter 43.
g.530
garuḍa
Wylie: nam mkha’ lding
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་ལྡིང་།
Sanskrit: garuḍa
A mythical bird normally depicted with a sharp, owl-like beak, often holding a snake, and with large and powerful wings. In Buddhism, the symbolism of the garuḍa is generally associated with wisdom (it is said that the garuḍa can fly as soon as it is hatched) and with the consuming of afflicted mental states (the holding of a snake in its beak).
g.531
gateway entering into all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad la ’jug pa’i sgo
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་འཇུག་པའི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmapraveśamukha
A meditative stability.
g.532
gateway to liberation
Wylie: rnam par thar pa’i sgo
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: vimokṣamukha
See “three gateways to liberation.”
g.533
gateways of meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi sgo
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: samādhimukha
g.534
gateways to the letters
Wylie: yi ge’i sgo
Tibetan: ཡི་གེའི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: akṣaramukha
One aspect of a set of forty-four syllables listed at 9.44 as dhāraṇī gateways. See also “introduction to the letters.”
g.535
generosity
Wylie: sbyin pa
Tibetan: སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: dāna
First of the four attractive qualities of a bodhisattva. However, in the context of the perfections, generosity is the first of the six perfections.
g.536
genuine and definitive reality
Wylie: yang dag pa ji lta ba nyid
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: yathābhūtatā
g.537
genuine, definitive real nature
Wylie: yang dag pa ji lta ba’i de bzhin nyid
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བའི་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: yathābhūtatathatā
g.538
genuine reality
Wylie: yang dag pa’i don
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་དོན།
Sanskrit: bhutārtha
g.539
girth like the banyan tree
Wylie: shing n+ya gro da ltar chu zheng gab pa
Tibetan: ཤིང་ནྱ་གྲོ་ད་ལྟར་ཆུ་ཞེང་གབ་པ།
Sanskrit: nyagrodhaparimaṇḍalatā
Twenty-second of the thirty-two major marks.
g.540
give rise to conceits
Wylie: rlom sems su byed pa
Tibetan: རློམ་སེམས་སུ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: manyate
Conceits in most instances here has the meaning both of unjustified assumptions and fanciful imagination as well as of pride.
g.541
gladdening of all beings
Wylie: sems can thams cad mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarvasattvābhipramodano
The fifteenth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.542
glossy nails
Wylie: sen mo’i mdog snum pa
Tibetan: སེན་མོའི་མདོག་སྣུམ་པ།
Sanskrit: snigdhanakha
Second of the eighty minor marks.
g.543
god
Wylie: lha
Tibetan: ལྷ།
Sanskrit: deva
One of the five or six classes of living beings, specifically engendered and dominated by exaltation, indulgence, and pride. Like human beings and asuras, they are all within the higher realms (svarga, mtho ris) of rebirth, but nonetheless remain trapped within cyclic existence. The gods are said to exist in realms higher than that of the human realm, their realms and abodes set out in their own hierarchy. The god realms altogether comprise (1) six god realms within the realm of desire (kāmadhātu), commencing with Caturmahārājakāyika and Trayastriṃśa, and concluding with Yāma, Tuṣita, Nirmāṇarata, and Paranirmitavaśavartin; (2) twenty-one realms in the realm of form (rūpadhātu), including (a) the sixteen Brahmā realms, extending from Brahmakāyika through Brahmapurohita, Brahmapariṣadya, Mahābrahmā, Ābha, Parīttābha, Apramāṇābha, Ābhāsvara, Śubha, Parīttaśubha, Apramāṇaśubha, Śubhakṛtsna, Bṛhat, Parīttabṛhat, and Apramāṇabṛhat to Bṛhatphala, which are attained corresponding to lesser, middling, and higher degrees of the four meditative concentrations; (b) the five Pure Abodes at the pinnacle of the realm of form, extending from Avṛha, through Atapa, Sudṛśa, and Sudarśana to Akaniṣṭha; and (3) the four formless realms at the summit of existence. See 2.66 and similar passages. Note that the list in this text differs from those in other texts in including four realms (instead of three) for each of the four groups of Brahmā realms, i.e., in listing sixteen Brahmā realms instead of twelve, and therefore twenty-one realms of form in all.
g.544
golden complexion
Wylie: gser gyi kha dog
Tibetan: གསེར་གྱི་ཁ་དོག
Sanskrit: suvarṇavarṇatā
Fourteenth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.545
Grahadatta
Wylie: gzas byin
Tibetan: གཟས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: grahadatta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.546
grasping
Wylie: len pa
Tibetan: ལེན་པ།
Sanskrit: upādāna
Ninth of the twelve links of dependent origination.
g.547
gratitude and thankfulness
Wylie: byas pa shes shing drin du gzo ba
Tibetan: བྱས་པ་ཤེས་ཤིང་དྲིན་དུ་གཟོ་བ།
Sanskrit: kṛtajñatā kṛtakāritā
Second of the eight attributes of the second level.
g.548
great and lofty
Wylie: che zhing mtho ba
Tibetan: ཆེ་ཞིང་མཐོ་བ།
Sanskrit: mahāśāla
The same Sanskrit term is rendered in the Tibetan of other sūtras as a simile (“like a great sal tree”) in similar passages, but the Tibetan in this text uses an interpretative adjectival phrase.
g.549
great and lofty householder family
Wylie: khyim bdag che zhing mtho ba’i rigs
Tibetan: ཁྱིམ་བདག་ཆེ་ཞིང་མཐོ་བའི་རིགས།
Sanskrit: gṛhapatimahāśālakula
Note that the metaphor within the Sanskrit term (“a great sal tree”) is here interpreted in the Tibetan term. In equivalent passages in other versions of the sūtra, the metaphorical part of the term is rendered literally in the Tibetan. See also n.126.
g.550
great and lofty priestly family
Wylie: bram ze che zhing mtho ba’i rigs
Tibetan: བྲམ་ཟེ་ཆེ་ཞིང་མཐོ་བའི་རིགས།
Sanskrit: brāhmanamahāśālakula
Note that the metaphor within the Sanskrit term (“a great sal tree”) is here interpreted in the Tibetan term. In equivalent passages in other versions of the sūtra, the metaphorical part of the term is rendered literally in the Tibetan. See also n.126.
g.551
great and lofty royal family
Wylie: rgyal rigs che zhing mtho ba’i rigs
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་རིགས་ཆེ་ཞིང་མཐོ་བའི་རིགས།
Sanskrit: kṣatriyamahāśālakula
Note that the metaphor within the Sanskrit term (“a great sal tree”) is here interpreted in the Tibetan term. In equivalent passages in other versions of the sūtra, the metaphorical part of the term is rendered literally in the Tibetan. See also n.126.
g.552
great compassion
Wylie: snying rje chen po
Tibetan: སྙིང་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahākaruṇā
Not defined as such in this text, but in the Ten Thousand (2.7) great compassion is described as “unstinting loving kindness toward all beings, when there are actually no beings.”
g.553
great loving kindness
Wylie: byams pa chen po
Tibetan: བྱམས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāmaitrī
Not defined as such in this text, but in the Ten Thousand (2.7) great loving kindness is described as “action in which the tathāgatas engage on behalf of all beings, treating enemies and friends identically.”
g.554
great ornament
Wylie: rgyan chen po
Tibetan: རྒྱན་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāvyūha
The 109th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.555
great trichiliocosm
Wylie: stong gsum gyi stong chen po’i ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan: སྟོང་གསུམ་གྱི་སྟོང་ཆེན་པོའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: trisāhasramahāsāhasralokadhātu
A vast third-order universe comprising one thousand dichiliocosms, i.e., one billion world systems according to traditional Indian cosmology. See also n.374.
g.556
Great Vehicle
Wylie: theg pa chen po
Tibetan: ཐེག་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāyāna
When the Buddhist teachings are classified according to their power to lead beings to an enlightened state, a distinction is made between the teachings of the Lesser Vehicle, which emphasizes the individual’s own freedom from cyclic existence as the primary motivation and goal, and those of the Great Vehicle, which emphasizes altruism and has the liberation of all beings as the principal objective. As the term “Great Vehicle” implies, the path followed by bodhisattvas is analogous to a large carriage that can transport a vast number of people to liberation, as compared to a smaller vehicle for the individual practitioner.
g.557
Guhagupta
Wylie: skyob sbed
Tibetan: སྐྱོབ་སྦེད།
Name of a bodhisattva, sometimes also found as Guhyagupta; the Tibetan rendering in the Eighteen Thousand is phug sbas.
g.558
hair as black as a bee
Wylie: dbu skra bung ba ltar gnag pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan: དབུ་སྐྲ་བུང་བ་ལྟར་གནག་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: bhramarasadṛśakeśa
Seventy-fourth of the eighty minor marks.
g.559
hairs that grow distinctly, curling to the right
Wylie: spu re re nas g.yas phyogs su ’khyil pa
Tibetan: སྤུ་རེ་རེ་ནས་གཡས་ཕྱོགས་སུ་འཁྱིལ་པ།
Sanskrit: ekaikapradakṣināvartaromatā
Sixteenth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.560
hands and feet that are marked with the motif of the wheel
Wylie: phyag dang zhabs ’khor lo’i mtshan dang ldan pa
Tibetan: ཕྱག་དང་ཞབས་འཁོར་ལོའི་མཚན་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: cakrāṅkitapādatā
First of the thirty-two major marks.
g.561
hands and feet that are tender and soft
Wylie: phyag dang zhabs gzhon zhing ’jam pa
Tibetan: ཕྱག་དང་ཞབས་གཞོན་ཞིང་འཇམ་པ།
Sanskrit: mṛdutaruṇahastapādatā
Fourth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.562
hands and feet that are webbed
Wylie: phyag dang zhabs dra bar ’brel pa
Tibetan: ཕྱག་དང་ཞབས་དྲ་བར་འབྲེལ་པ།
Sanskrit: jālahastapādatā
Third of the thirty-two major marks.
g.563
hands that are extremely soft like tree cotton
Wylie: phyag shing bal ltar shin tu ’jam pa
Tibetan: ཕྱག་ཤིང་བལ་ལྟར་ཤིན་ཏུ་འཇམ་པ།
Sanskrit: tūlasadṛśasukumārapāṇi
Forty-second of the eighty minor marks.
g.564
hands with brilliant lines
Wylie: phyag gi ri mo snum pa
Tibetan: ཕྱག་གི་རི་མོ་སྣུམ་པ།
Sanskrit: snigdhapāṇilekha
Forty-third of the eighty minor marks.
g.565
hands with deep lines
Wylie: phyag gi ri mo zab pa
Tibetan: ཕྱག་གི་རི་མོ་ཟབ་པ།
Sanskrit: gaṃbhīrapāṇilekha
Forty-fourth of the eighty minor marks.
g.566
hands with long lines
Wylie: phyag gi ri mo ring ba
Tibetan: ཕྱག་གི་རི་མོ་རིང་བ།
Sanskrit: āyatapāṇilekha
Forty-fifth of the eighty minor marks.
g.567
Haribhadra
Wylie: seng ge bzang po
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: haribhadra
Indian commentator (fl. late eighth century).
g.568
harmful intention
Wylie: gnod sems
Tibetan: གནོད་སེམས།
Sanskrit: duṣṭacitta, vyāpāda
Second of the five obscurations. Also translated here as “malice.”
g.569
harmony
Wylie: don mthun pa, don ’thun pa, don ’thun par spyod pa
Tibetan: དོན་མཐུན་པ།, དོན་འཐུན་པ།, དོན་འཐུན་པར་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: samānavihāra, samānārthatā
Fourth of the four attractive qualities of a bodhisattva. Also translated as “harmonious activity.”
g.570
harsh words
Wylie: zhe gcod pa, zhe gcod pa’i tshig
Tibetan: ཞེ་གཅོད་པ།, ཞེ་གཅོད་པའི་ཚིག
Sanskrit: pāruṣya, pāruṣavacana
Sixth of the ten nonvirtuous actions. Also rendered as “verbal abuse” or “words of reprimand.”
g.571
hatred
Wylie: zhe sdang
Tibetan: ཞེ་སྡང་།
Sanskrit: dveśa
Second of the five fetters associated with the lower realms; one of the three poisons (dug gsum) that, along with desire and delusion, perpetuate the sufferings of cyclic existence. In its subtle manifestation as aversion, it obstructs the correct perception of forms, and in its extreme manifestation as hatred and fear, it is characteristic of the hells.
g.572
have hands and feet adorned with the glorious śrīvatsa motif, the auspicious svāstika motif, and the nandyāvarta motif
Wylie: phyag dang zhabs dpal gyi be’u dang / bkra shis dang dga’ ba ’khyil pas brgyan pa
Tibetan: ཕྱག་དང་ཞབས་དཔལ་གྱི་བེའུ་དང་། བཀྲ་ཤིས་དང་དགའ་བ་འཁྱིལ་པས་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: śrīvatsasvastikanandyāvartalalitapāṇipāda
Eightieth of the eighty minor marks.
g.573
head that is very broad
Wylie: dbu shin tu rgyas pa
Tibetan: དབུ་ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: suparipūrṇottamāṅga
Seventy-third of the eighty minor marks.
g.574
heroic valor
Wylie: dpa’ bar ’gro ba
Tibetan: དཔའ་བར་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit: śūraṅgama
The 1st meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8, also mentioned in other chapters.
g.575
hollow gourd
Wylie: khog pa
Tibetan: ཁོག་པ།
Sanskrit: droṇī
Part of the lute.
g.576
human being
Wylie: shed can
Tibetan: ཤེད་ཅན།
Sanskrit: manuja
Manu being the archetypal human, the progenitor of humankind, in the Mahābhārata, the Purāṇas, and other Indian texts, “child of Manu” (mānava) or “born of Manu” (manuja) is a synonym of “human being” or humanity in general.
g.577
I claim I am one whose contaminants have ceased
Wylie: bdag zag pa zad do
Tibetan: བདག་ཟག་པ་ཟད་དོ།
Sanskrit: kṣīṇāsravasya me pratijānata
Second of the Buddha’s four fearlessnesses.
g.578
I claim to have attained completely awakened buddhahood
Wylie: bdag gis yang dag par rdzogs par sangs rgyas so
Tibetan: བདག་གིས་ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པར་སངས་རྒྱས་སོ།
Sanskrit: samyaksaṃbuddhasya me pratijānata
First of the Buddha’s four fearlessnesses.
g.579
I claim to have explained those phenomena that cause obstacles
Wylie: bdag gis bar chad kyi chos su bstan pa de dag la bstan pa
Tibetan: བདག་གིས་བར་ཆད་ཀྱི་ཆོས་སུ་བསྟན་པ་དེ་དག་ལ་བསྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: mayāntarāyikādharmākhyātaḥ
Third of the Buddha’s four fearlessnesses.
g.580
I claim to have shown the path that leads to realizing the emancipation of the noble and that will genuinely bring an end to suffering for those who make use of it
Wylie: bdag gis lam ’phags pa’i ’byung ba rtogs par ’gyur ba de byed pa’i sdug bsngal yang dag par zad par ’gyur bar bstan pa
Tibetan: བདག་གིས་ལམ་འཕགས་པའི་འབྱུང་བ་རྟོགས་པར་འགྱུར་བ་དེ་བྱེད་པའི་སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཡང་དག་པར་ཟད་པར་འགྱུར་བར་བསྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: pratipadākhyātāryānairyāṇikīniryātikarasya samyagduḥkhakṣayāya
Fourth of the Buddha’s four fearlessnesses.
g.581
ignorance
Wylie: ma rig pa
Tibetan: མ་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: avidyā
First of the twelve links of dependent origination; first of the four torrents; third of the fetters associated with the higher realms.
g.582
illuminating
Wylie: snang ba byed pa
Tibetan: སྣང་བ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ālokakara
The 53rd meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.583
illumination
Wylie: rnam par snang ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: vairocana
The 31st meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.584
illuminator
Wylie: ’od byed pa
Tibetan: འོད་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: prabhākara
The 37th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.585
illuminator of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad snang bar byed pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་སྣང་བར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmāvabhāsakaro
The sixth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.586
illuminator of all worlds
Wylie: rnam pa thams cad du ’od byed pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་འོད་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvalokaprabhākara
The 110th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.587
illuminator of the profound doctrine
Wylie: chos zab mo’i ’od byed
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཟབ་མོའི་འོད་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: gambhīradharmaprabhākaro
The forty-fifth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.588
imitate
Wylie: rjes su skyes pa
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit: anujāta
This term appears in reference to Subhūti, who is considered to be imitating the Buddha, in the sense that he “takes after” him. This is, of course, not to be understood in the sense of rivalry or competition.
g.589
immaculate
Wylie: rdul dang bral ba
Tibetan: རྡུལ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: rājopagato
The twenty-first of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.590
immaculate light
Wylie: ’od dri ma med pa
Tibetan: འོད་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vimalaprabhā
The 40th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.591
immaculate moon
Wylie: zla ba dri ma med pa
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: candravimala
The 50th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.592
immaturity
Wylie: skyon
Tibetan: སྐྱོན།
Sanskrit: āma
[Of bodhisattva great beings]. This term suggests rawness—something that is uncooked, unrefined, and flawed—while “maturity” (niyāma, skyon ma mchis pa) implies certitude, refinement, cooking, softening, and flawlessness.
g.593
immeasurable attitudes
Wylie: tshad med
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད།
Sanskrit: aprameya
See “four immeasurable attitudes.”
g.594
imperishable
Wylie: ’jig pa med pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: [vivṛta]
The 48th meditative stability in chapter 8. The translation here follows the Tibetan; in the Sanskrit texts, this meditative stability is vivṛta, “uncovered.”
g.595
imperturbability of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad mi non pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མི་ནོན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmāstambhita
The fifth of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.596
inaction
Wylie: bya ba ma yin
Tibetan: བྱ་བ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit: akriyā
Inaction here implies the mistaken view that, owing to emptiness, engagement in virtuous acts is to be avoided.
g.597
inactivity of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad spyod pa med pa, chos thams cad g.yo ba med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་སྤྱོད་པ་མེད་པ།, ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་གཡོ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmaniśceṣṭa
The twenty-third of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.598
incineration of all afflictions
Wylie: nyon mongs pa thams cad ma lus par sreg pa
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་མ་ལུས་པར་སྲེག་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvakleśanirdahana
A meditative stability.
g.599
inconceivability of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad bsam gyis mi khyab pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་བསམ་གྱིས་མི་ཁྱབ་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmācintya
The twenty-fourth of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.600
inconceivable
Wylie: bsam gyis mi khyab pa
Tibetan: བསམ་གྱིས་མི་ཁྱབ་པ།
Sanskrit: acintya
In specific contexts, it refers to a huge number equivalent to ten to the power of 58.
g.601
inconceivable realm
Wylie: bsam gyis mi khyab pa’i dbyings
Tibetan: བསམ་གྱིས་མི་ཁྱབ་པའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: acintyadhātu
A synonym of ultimate reality .
g.602
inconspicuous ankles
Wylie: long bu mi mngon pa
Tibetan: ལོང་བུ་མི་མངོན་པ།
Sanskrit: gūḍhagulpha
Ninth of the eighty minor marks.
g.603
inconspicuous blood vessels and nerves
Wylie: rtsa mi mngon pa
Tibetan: རྩ་མི་མངོན་པ།
Sanskrit: gūḍhaśira
Seventh of the eighty minor marks.
g.604
indeterminate phenomena
Wylie: lung ma bstan pa’i chos
Tibetan: ལུང་མ་བསྟན་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: avyākṛtadharma
Indeterminate phenomena, as found in 8.34, include the following: indeterminate physical actions, indeterminate verbal actions, indeterminate mental actions, the indeterminate four primary elements, the indeterminate five sense organs, the indeterminate aggregates, sense fields, sensory elements, and the indeterminate maturations of past actions.
g.605
Indian cranes
Wylie: sa ra sa
Tibetan: ས་ར་ས།
Sanskrit: sārasa
g.606
individual
Wylie: gang zag
Tibetan: གང་ཟག
Sanskrit: pudgala
Also translated as “person.”
g.607
individual enlightenment
Wylie: rang byang chub
Tibetan: རང་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit: pratyekabodhi
The enlightenment corresponding to pratyekabuddhas.
g.608
Indra
Wylie: dbang po
Tibetan: དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: indra
The lord of the Trāyastriṃśa heaven on the summit of Mount Sumeru. As one of the eight guardians of the directions, Indra guards the eastern quarter. In Buddhist sūtras, he is a disciple of the Buddha and protector of the Dharma and its practitioners. He is often referred to by the epithets Śatakratu, Śakra, and Kauśika.
g.609
Indradatta
Wylie: dbang pos byin
Tibetan: དབང་པོས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: indradatta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.610
inexhaustible
Wylie: zad mi shes pa
Tibetan: ཟད་མི་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: akṣaya
The 43rd meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.611
inexhaustible cornucopia
Wylie: zad mi shes pa’i za ma tog
Tibetan: ཟད་མི་ཤེས་པའི་ཟ་མ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: akṣayakaraṇḍa
The 100th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.612
infinite ocean
Wylie: rgya mtsho mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan: རྒྱ་མཚོ་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit: samudrāparyanta
The eleventh of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.613
infinite space
Wylie: nam mkha’ mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit: gaganāparyata
The tenth of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.614
infinitude of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmāparyanta
The seventh of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.615
inherent existence
Wylie: rang bzhin
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit: svabhāva
See “intrinsic nature.”
g.616
inherent nature
Wylie: rang bzhin
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit: svabhāva
See “inherent existence.”
g.617
initial setting of the mind on enlightenment
Wylie: sems dang po bskyed pa
Tibetan: སེམས་དང་པོ་བསྐྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: prathamacittotpāda
g.618
inspiration
Wylie: dbugs ’byin pa
Tibetan: དབུགས་འབྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: āśvāsadātā
The thirty-second of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.619
inspired eloquence
Wylie: spobs pa
Tibetan: སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: pratibhāna
The ability (particularly of bodhisattvas) to express the Dharma eloquently, clearly, brilliantly, and in an inspiring way, as the result of their realization. Also translated here as “courage.” See also “exact knowledge of eloquent expression.”
g.620
inspired speech
Wylie: spobs pa
Tibetan: སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: pratibhāna
See “inspired eloquence.”
g.621
inspired speech that is distinguished and supramundane
Wylie: ’jig rten thams cad las mngon par ’phags shing khyad zhugs pa’i spobs
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་ལས་མངོན་པར་འཕགས་ཤིང་ཁྱད་ཞུགས་པའི་སྤོབས།
Sanskrit: sarvalokābhyudgata-viśiṣṭhapratibhāna
g.622
inspired speech that is purposeful
Wylie: don dang ldan pa’i spobs pa
Tibetan: དོན་དང་ལྡན་པའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: arthavatpratibhāna
g.623
inspired speech that is rational
Wylie: rigs pa’i spobs pa
Tibetan: རིགས་པའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: yuktipratibhāna
g.624
inspired speech that is uninterrupted
Wylie: rgyun ’chad pa med pa’i spobs pa
Tibetan: རྒྱུན་འཆད་པ་མེད་པའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: anācchedyapratibhāna
g.625
inspired speech that is well connected
Wylie: ’brel ba’i spobs pa
Tibetan: འབྲེལ་བའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit: śliṣṭapratibhāna
g.626
instantaneous clear realization
Wylie: skad cig ma gcig gis mngon par rtogs pa
Tibetan: སྐད་ཅིག་མ་གཅིག་གིས་མངོན་པར་རྟོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: ekakṣaṇābhisamaya
Seventh of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.
g.627
intrinsic nature
Wylie: rang bzhin
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit: svabhāva
This term (also rendered here as “inherent existence” and “inherent nature”) literally means “own-being” and can be used in an ordinary sense to denote the most fundamental or characteristic quality, property, or nature of things. In Mahāyāna literature it is also used in several different ways in the examination of the ontological status of phenomena, most frequently in statements denying that phenomena may ultimately possess any such existence or nature, objectively in their own right, apart from ignorantly attributed concepts and designations. However, in the Yogācāra system and later literature the incompleteness of an ontological status is described in three or more successive levels or aspects that also use modulations of the same term; see “three natures.”
g.628
introduction to the letters
Wylie: yi ge la ’jug pa
Tibetan: ཡི་གེ་ལ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: akṣarapraveśa
One aspect of a set of forty-four syllables listed at 9.44 as dhāraṇī gateways. See also “gateways to the letters.”
g.629
irresponsible chatter
Wylie: tshig kyal pa
Tibetan: ཚིག་ཀྱལ་པ།
Sanskrit: abaddhapralāpa
Seventh of ten nonvirtuous actions. Also rendered as “nonsensical chatter.”
g.630
irreversibility
Wylie: phyir ldog pa med pa, phyir mi ldog par gyur
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་ལྡོག་པ་མེད་པ།, ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པར་གྱུར།
Sanskrit: avanivartanīyatā
g.631
irreversible
Wylie: phyir mi ldog pa
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པ།
Sanskrit: avinivarta, avaivartika, avinivartanīya
g.632
irreversible eyes
Wylie: phyir mi ldog pa’i mig
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པའི་མིག
Sanskrit: avivartyacakṣur
The thirtieth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.633
Jambu River
Wylie: ’dzam bu chu bo, ’dzam bu na da
Tibetan: འཛམ་བུ་ཆུ་བོ།, འཛམ་བུ་ན་ད།
Sanskrit: jambunadī
g.634
Jambudvīpa
Wylie: ’dzam bu gling
Tibetan: འཛམ་བུ་གླིང་།
Sanskrit: jambudvīpa
The name of the southern continent in Buddhist cosmology, which can signify either the known human world, or more specifically the Indian subcontinent, literally “the jambu island/continent.” Jambu is the name used for a range of plum-like fruits from trees belonging to the genus Szygium, particularly Szygium jambos and Szygium cumini, and it has commonly been rendered “rose apple,” although “black plum” may be a less misleading term. Among various explanations given for the continent being so named, one (in the Abhidharmakośa) is that a jambu tree grows in its northern mountains beside Lake Anavatapta, mythically considered the source of the four great rivers of India, and that the continent is therefore named from the tree or the fruit. Jambudvīpa has the Vajrāsana at its center and is the only continent upon which buddhas attain awakening.
g.635
Jayā
Wylie: rgyal ba
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit: jayā
Name of a world system in the northern direction, where the buddha Jayendra teaches the perfection of wisdom to bodhisattva great beings.
g.636
Jayadatta
Wylie: rgyal bas byin
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་བས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: jayadatta
Name of a bodhisattva from a distant world system in the northern direction called Jayā, who comes to this world to pay homage to the Buddha.
g.637
Jayendra
Wylie: rgyal ba’i dbang po
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་བའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: jayendra
Name of a buddha in the northern direction, residing in the world system called Jayā.
g.638
jewel cusp
Wylie: rin chen mtha’
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་མཐའ།
Sanskrit: ratnakoṭi
The 60th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.639
kācalindika
Wylie: ka tsa lin di ka
Tibetan: ཀ་ཙ་ལིན་དི་ཀ
Sanskrit: kācalindika
A frequent simile for softness, thought to refer either (1) to the down of the kācilindika or kācalindika bird (see Lamotte, Etienne, La Concentration de la Marche Héroïque, Bruxelles: Peeters 1975, p. 261, n321), or (2) to a tropical tree bearing silken pods, similar to kapok, from which garments were made, and identified (Monier Williams p. 266) with Abrus precatorius.
g.640
kalaviṅka bird
Wylie: ka la ping ka
Tibetan: ཀ་ལ་པིང་ཀ
Sanskrit: kalaviṅka
In Buddhist literature refers to a mythical bird whose call is said to be far more beautiful than that of all other birds, and so compelling that it can be heard even before the bird has hatched. The call of the kalaviṅka is thus used as an analogy to describe the sound of the discourse of bodhisattvas as being far superior to that of śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas, even before bodhisattvas attain awakening. In some cases, the kalaviṅka also takes on mythical characteristics, being depicted as part human, part bird. It is also the sixteenth of the eighty designs on the palms and soles of a tathāgata.While it is equated to an Indian bird renowned for its beautiful song, there is some uncertainty regarding the identity of the kalaviṅka; some dictionaries declare it to be a type of Indian cuckoo (probably Eudynamys scolopacea, also known as the asian koel) or a red and green sparrow (possibly Amandava amandava, also known as the red avadavat).
g.641
karma
Wylie: las
Tibetan: ལས།
Sanskrit: karman
The impact of past actions in the present and future. Also translated here as “past action.”
g.642
Kauśika
Wylie: kau shi ka
Tibetan: ཀཽ་ཤི་ཀ
Sanskrit: kauśika
The name by which the Buddha (and other interlocutors) address Śakra (q.v.). Kauśika is a Brahmanical clan name, and its use as a personal name for Śakra is said to be a reference to his identity in his previous human rebirth. For more details of Śakra’s role in this text, see i.93.
g.643
killing of living creatures
Wylie: srog gcod pa
Tibetan: སྲོག་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit: prāṇātighāta
First of the ten nonvirtuous actions.
g.644
king of meditative stabilities
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi rgyal po
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: samādhirāja
A meditative stability.
g.645
kinnara
Wylie: mi’am ci
Tibetan: མིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit: kinnara
A class of nonhuman beings that resemble humans to the degree that their very name—which means “is that human?”—suggests some confusion as to their divine status. Kinnaras are mythological beings found in both Buddhist and Brahmanical literature, where they are portrayed as creatures half human, half animal. They are often depicted as highly skilled celestial musicians.
g.646
knowledge based on aspiration
Wylie: smon gnas shes pa
Tibetan: སྨོན་གནས་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: praṇidhijñāna
g.647
knowledge of all the dharmas
Wylie: thams cad shes pa, thams cad shes pa nyid
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་ཤེས་པ།, ཐམས་ཅད་ཤེས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarvajñatā
In the Prajñāpāramitā literature, this term refers to the full extent of knowledge realized by śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas, comprising particularly their understanding of the absence of an individual self in the aggregates, elements, etc. (see introduction i.67). It is the third of the eight main topics or “clear realizations” of The Ornament of Clear Realization.
g.648
knowledge of phenomena
Wylie: chos shes pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmajñāna
Seventh of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.649
knowledge of phenomena that is subsequently realized
Wylie: rjes su rtogs pa shes pa
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་རྟོགས་པ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: anvayajñāna
Eighth of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.650
knowledge of suffering
Wylie: sdug bsngal shes pa
Tibetan: སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: duḥkhajñāna
First of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.651
knowledge of the cessation of suffering
Wylie: ’gog pa shes pa
Tibetan: འགོག་པ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: nirodhajñāna
Third of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.652
knowledge of the extinction of contaminants
Wylie: zad par shes pa, zad pa shes pa
Tibetan: ཟད་པར་ཤེས་པ།, ཟད་པ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣayajñāna
Fifth of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.653
knowledge of the origin of suffering
Wylie: kun ’byung ba shes pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་འབྱུང་བ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: samudayajñāna
Second of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.654
knowledge of the path
Wylie: lam gyi rnam pa shes pa nyid, lam gyi rnam pa shes pa
Tibetan: ལམ་གྱི་རྣམ་པ་ཤེས་པ་ཉིད།, ལམ་གྱི་རྣམ་པ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: mārgākārajñatā
A key term in the Prajñāpāramitā texts denoting the (incomplete) equivalent of omniscience that bodhisattvas progressively attain, including knowledge not only of their own path but also of the paths of śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas. It is the second of the eight main topics or “clear realizations” of The Ornament of Clear Realization. In this text it is explained clearly in chapter 58 at 58.32-58.38.
g.655
knowledge of the path
Wylie: lam shes pa, lam gyi shes pa
Tibetan: ལམ་ཤེས་པ།, ལམ་གྱི་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: mārgajñāna
Fourth of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.656
knowledge of the relative
Wylie: kun rdzob shes pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་རྫོབ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃvṛtijñāna
Ninth of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.657
knowledge that contaminants will not arise again
Wylie: mi skye ba shes pa
Tibetan: མི་སྐྱེ་བ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: anutpādajñāna
Sixth of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.658
knowledge that is masterful
Wylie: ’dris pa shes pa
Tibetan: འདྲིས་པ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: paricayajñāna, parijayajñāna
Tenth of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.659
knowledge that is semantic
Wylie: sgra ji bzhin shes pa
Tibetan: སྒྲ་ཇི་བཞིན་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: yathārutajñāna
Eleventh of the eleven aspects of knowledge.
g.660
laboring class
Wylie: dmangs rigs
Tibetan: དམངས་རིགས།
Sanskrit: śūdravarṇa
Fourth of the four classes of traditional Indian society.
g.661
lamp of the sun
Wylie: nyi ma’i sgron ma
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: sūryapradīpa
The 49th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.662
lamp of wisdom
Wylie: ye shes sgron ma
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: jñānolkā
A meditative stability.
g.663
lamp of wisdom
Wylie: shes rab sgron ma
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: prajñāpradīpa
The 51st meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.664
large and beautiful body
Wylie: sku che zhing mdzes pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་ཆེ་ཞིང་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit: pṛthucārumaṇḍalagātra
Twenty-fifth of the eighty minor marks.
g.665
layman
Wylie: dge bsnyen
Tibetan: དགེ་བསྙེན།
Sanskrit: upāsaka
An unordained male practitioner who observes the five precepts not to kill, lie, steal, be intoxicated, or commit sexual misconduct.
g.666
laywoman
Wylie: dge bsnyen ma
Tibetan: དགེ་བསྙེན་མ།
Sanskrit: upāsikā
An unordained female practitioner who observes the five precepts not to kill, lie, steal, be intoxicated, or commit sexual misconduct.
g.667
legs that are ample, [making the ankle bones inconspicuous]
Wylie: zhabs legs par mtho ba
Tibetan: ཞབས་ལེགས་པར་མཐོ་བ།
Sanskrit: ucchaṅkapādatā
Ninth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.668
legs that are well proportioned
Wylie: zhabs mi mnyam pa med pa
Tibetan: ཞབས་མི་མཉམ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aviṣamapāda
Tenth of the eighty minor marks.
g.669
level at which progress has become irreversible
Wylie: phyir mi ldog pa’i sa
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པའི་ས།
Sanskrit: avinivartabhūmi
g.670
level of a crown prince
Wylie: gzhon nu’i sa
Tibetan: གཞོན་ནུའི་ས།
Sanskrit: kumārabhūmi
In general a term for bodhisattvas of higher levels, implying that they will soon be consecrated as buddhas, and more particularly for bodhisattvas awaiting their final rebirth as a buddha.
g.671
level of [an arhat’s] spiritual achievement
Wylie: byas pa rtogs pa’i sa
Tibetan: བྱས་པ་རྟོགས་པའི་ས།
Sanskrit: kṛtakṛtyabhūmi
Name of the seventh level of realization attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.316.
g.672
level of attenuated refinement
Wylie: bsrabs pa’i sa
Tibetan: བསྲབས་པའི་ས།
Sanskrit: tanubhūmi
Name of the fifth of the levels of realization attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.316.
g.673
level of bright insight
Wylie: dkar po rnam par mthong ba’i sa
Tibetan: དཀར་པོ་རྣམ་པར་མཐོང་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit: śuklavidarśanābhūmi
Name of the first level to be acquired by bodhisattvas. See n.316.
g.674
level of insight
Wylie: mthong ba’i sa
Tibetan: མཐོང་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit: darśanabhūmi
Name of the fourth level of realization attainable by bodhisattvas, equivalent to entering the stream to nirvāṇa. See n.316.
g.675
level of no attachment
Wylie: ’dod chags dang bral ba’i sa
Tibetan: འདོད་ཆགས་དང་བྲལ་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit: vītarāgabhūmi
Name of the sixth level attainable by bodhisattvas, from which point there is no more rebirth. See n.316.
g.676
level of the bodhisattvas
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’i sa
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་ས།
Sanskrit: bodhisattvabhūmi
Name of the ninth level of realization attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.316.
g.677
level of the buddhas
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi sa
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ས།
Sanskrit: buddhabhūmi
The tenth and last of the ten levels traversed by all practitioners, from the level of an ordinary person until reaching buddhahood. See “ten levels” and n.316.
g.678
level of the completely awakened buddhas
Wylie: yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas kyi sa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ས།
Sanskrit: samyaksambuddhabhūmi
Name of the tenth of the levels of realization attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.316.
g.679
level of the pratyekabuddhas
Wylie: rang sangs rgyas kyi sa
Tibetan: རང་སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ས།
Sanskrit: pratyekabuddhabhūmi
Name of the eighth of the levels of realization attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.316.
g.680
level of the spiritual family
Wylie: rigs kyi sa
Tibetan: རིགས་ཀྱི་ས།
Sanskrit: gotrabhūmi
Name of the second of the levels of realization attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.316 and also entry “spiritual family.”
g.681
lexical explanations
Wylie: nges pa’i tshig
Tibetan: ངེས་པའི་ཚིག
Sanskrit: nirukta
Lexical explanations here implies the exact knowledge of the primary and derivative definitions and explanations of names and words. It is also the third of the four kinds of exact knowledge; see “exact knowledge of language and lexical explanations.”
g.682
lexical explanations, words, and syllables with respect to all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad nges pa’i sgra dang tshig dang ’bru
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ངེས་པའི་སྒྲ་དང་ཚིག་དང་འབྲུ།
The twenty-fourth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.683
Licchavi
Wylie: li tsa byi
Tibetan: ལི་ཙ་བྱི།
Sanskrit: licchavi
The people of the city and region of Vaiśālī. The Licchavi were one of the clans making up the Vṛji confederacy, an early republic at the time of the Buddha.
g.684
life
Wylie: gso ba
Tibetan: གསོ་བ།
Sanskrit: poṣa
g.685
life breath
Wylie: dbugs
Tibetan: དབུགས།
Sanskrit: śvāsa
g.686
life forms
Wylie: srog
Tibetan: སྲོག
Sanskrit: jīva
g.687
lightning lamp
Wylie: glog gi sgron ma
Tibetan: གློག་གི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: vidyutpradīpa
The 42nd meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.688
lightning light
Wylie: glog gi ’od
Tibetan: གློག་གི་འོད།
Sanskrit: vidyutprabha
The 108th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.689
limbs have body hairs that curl upward
Wylie: yan lag gi spu gyen du ’khyil ba
Tibetan: ཡན་ལག་གི་སྤུ་གྱེན་དུ་འཁྱིལ་བ།
Sanskrit: ūrdhvāgraromatā
Tenth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.690
line
Wylie: tshigs bcad, shlo ka
Tibetan: ཚིགས་བཅད།, ཤློ་ཀ
Sanskrit: śloka
The term usually refers to a unit of metrical verse, most commonly in Sanskrit literature a couplet of two sixteen-syllable lines (pāda), each of which can be subdivided into two half-lines of eight syllables. In the Tibetan translations a śloka is usually rendered as a four-line verse. However, the term is also used (especially in catalogs of canonical works) as a unit measuring the length of texts written in prose or in a mixture of prose and verse, in which case it simply measures thirty-two syllables. The titles of the principal Prajñāpāramitā sūtras, most of which are written in prose, identify them by including mention of their length in ślokas, usually translated in English as “in nnn lines.” The original titles, even in their long form, include only the number itself, and that this refers to the length in ślokas is by convention inferred.
g.691
lingually compounded sensory contact
Wylie: lce’i ’dus te reg pa
Tibetan: ལྕེའི་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པ།
Sanskrit: jihvāsaṃsparśa
g.692
lion-like jaws
Wylie: seng ge’i ’gram pa lta bu
Tibetan: སེང་གེའི་འགྲམ་པ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: siṃhahanutā
Twenty-sixth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.693
lion’s play
Wylie: seng ge rnam par rtse ba, seng ge rnam par rol pa
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་རྩེ་བ།, སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་རོལ་པ།
Sanskrit: siṃhavikrīḍita
A meditative stability.
g.694
lion’s play
Wylie: seng ge rnam par rtse ba
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་རྩེ་བ།
Sanskrit: siṃhavikrīḍita
The 3rd meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.695
living being
Wylie: ’gro ba, skye ba
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བ།, སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: jantu
g.696
living creature
Wylie: skyes bu, srog chags
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་བུ།, སྲོག་ཆགས།
Sanskrit: puruṣa, jantu, prajā
g.697
long eyebrows
Wylie: smin ma ring ba dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སྨིན་མ་རིང་བ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: āyatabhrū
Sixty-fourth of the eighty minor marks.
g.698
long toes and fingers
Wylie: sor mo ring ba
Tibetan: སོར་མོ་རིང་བ།
Sanskrit: dīrghāṅgulitā
Sixth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.699
longing for sensual pleasure
Wylie: ’dod pa la mos pa
Tibetan: འདོད་པ་ལ་མོས་པ།
Sanskrit: kāmacchanda
First of the five obscurations.
g.700
lord buddha
Wylie: sangs rgyas bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit: bhagavanbuddha
See “Blessed One.”
g.701
lotus ornament
Wylie: pad mo’i rgyan
Tibetan: པད་མོའི་རྒྱན།
Sanskrit: padmavyūho
The thirty-seventh of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.702
loving kindness
Wylie: byams pa
Tibetan: བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit: maitrī
First of the four immeasurable attitudes.
g.703
luminosity
Wylie: ’od gsal ba
Tibetan: འོད་གསལ་བ།
Sanskrit: prabhāsvara
In the context of the nature of mind, luminosity refers to the subtlest level of mind, i.e., the fundamental, essential nature of all cognitive events. Though ever present within all beings, this luminosity becomes manifest only when the gross mind has ceased to function. It is said that such a dissolution is experienced by ordinary beings, naturally, at the time of death, but it can also be experientially cultivated through certain meditative practices.
g.704
magical display
Wylie: sgyu ma
Tibetan: སྒྱུ་མ།
Sanskrit: māyā
Also translated here as “illusion.”
g.705
Mahābrahmā
Wylie: tshangs chen
Tibetan: ཚངས་ཆེན།
Sanskrit: mahābrahmā
Fourth of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Great Brahmā.”
g.706
Mahākaruṇācintin
Wylie: snying rje cher sems
Tibetan: སྙིང་རྗེ་ཆེར་སེམས།
Sanskrit: mahākaruṇācintin
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.707
Mahākāśyapa
Wylie: ’od srungs chen po
Tibetan: འོད་སྲུངས་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahākāśyapa
Name of an elder.
g.708
Mahākātyāyana
Wylie: ka t+ya’i bu chen po, ka ta ya na chen po
Tibetan: ཀ་ཏྱའི་བུ་ཆེན་པོ།, ཀ་ཏ་ཡ་ན་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahākātyāyana
Name of an elder and senior disciple of the Buddha Śākyamuni.
g.709
Mahākauṣṭhila
Wylie: mdzod ldan chen po
Tibetan: མཛོད་ལྡན་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahākauṣṭhila
Name of an elder and senior disciple of the Buddha Śākyamuni.
g.710
Mahāketu
Wylie: dpal chen po
Tibetan: དཔལ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāketu
A buddha of a future eon called Tārakopama.
g.711
Mahāmaudgalyāyana
Wylie: maud gal gyi bu chen po
Tibetan: མཽད་གལ་གྱི་བུ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāmaudgalyāyana
One of the principal śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha, paired with Śāriputra. He was renowned for his miraculous powers. His family clan was descended from Mudgala, hence his name Maudgalyāyana, “the son of Mudgala’s descendants.” Respectfully referred to as Mahāmaudgalyāyana, “Great Maudgalyāyana.”
g.712
Mahāprajāpatī
Wylie: skye dgu’i bdag mo chen mo
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་མོ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit: mahāprajāpati
The Buddha’s aunt and stepmother, the first bhikṣuṇī, who later attained the state of arhat.
g.713
Mahāsthāmaprāpta
Wylie: mthu chen po thob pa
Tibetan: མཐུ་ཆེན་པོ་ཐོབ་པ།
Sanskrit: mahāsthāmaprāpta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.714
Mahāvyūha
Wylie: rgyan chen po
Tibetan: རྒྱན་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāvyūha
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.715
Mahāyāna
Wylie: theg pa chen po
Tibetan: ཐེག་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāyāna
See “Great Vehicle.”
g.716
mahoraga
Wylie: lto ’phye chen po
Tibetan: ལྟོ་འཕྱེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahoraga
Literally “great serpents,” mahoragas are supernatural beings depicted as large, subterranean beings with human torsos and heads and the lower bodies of serpents. Their movements are said to cause earthquakes, and they make up a class of subterranean geomantic spirits whose movement through the seasons and months of the year is deemed significant for construction projects.
g.717
Maitreya
Wylie: byams pa
Tibetan: བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit: maitreya
The bodhisattva Maitreya is an important figure in many Buddhist traditions, where he is unanimously regarded as the buddha of the future era. He is said to currently reside in the heaven of Tuṣita, as Śākyamuni’s regent, where he awaits the proper time to take his final rebirth and become the fifth buddha in the Fortunate Eon, reestablishing the Dharma in this world after the teachings of the current buddha have disappeared. Within the Mahāyāna sūtras, Maitreya is elevated to the same status as other central bodhisattvas such as Mañjuśrī and Avalokiteśvara, and his name appears frequently in sūtras, either as the Buddha’s interlocutor or as a teacher of the Dharma. Maitreya literally means “Loving One.” He is also known as Ajita, meaning “Invincible.”For more information on Maitreya, see, for example, the introduction to Maitreya’s Setting Out (Toh 198).
g.718
majestic
Wylie: gzi brjid yod pa
Tibetan: གཟི་བརྗིད་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: tejovatī
The 45th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.719
major marks
Wylie: mtshan
Tibetan: མཚན།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇa
See “thirty-two major marks.”
g.720
malice
Wylie: gnod sems
Tibetan: གནོད་སེམས།
Sanskrit: duṣṭacitta, vyāpāda
Second of the five obscurations; ninth of the ten nonvirtuous actions; second of the four knots. Also translated here as “harmful intention.”
g.721
manifest attainment of aspects
Wylie: rnam pa mngon par bsgrub pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་མངོན་པར་བསྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: ākārānabhiniveśanirhāra
The 89th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.722
Mañjuśrī
Wylie: ’jam dpal
Tibetan: འཇམ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: mañjuśrī
Mañjuśrī is one of the “eight close sons of the Buddha” and a bodhisattva who embodies wisdom. He is a major figure in the Mahāyāna sūtras, appearing often as an interlocutor of the Buddha. In his most well-known iconographic form, he is portrayed bearing the sword of wisdom in his right hand and a volume of the Prajñāpāramitāsūtra in his left. To his name, Mañjuśrī, meaning “Gentle and Glorious One,” is often added the epithet Kumārabhūta, “having a youthful form.” He is also called Mañjughoṣa, Mañjusvara, and Pañcaśikha.A famous bodhisattva said in this text to reside in the world system of Padmavatī, the buddhafield of the Buddha Samantakusuma.
g.723
Mañjuśrīkumārabhūta
Wylie: ’jam dpal gzhon nur gyur pa
Tibetan: འཇམ་དཔལ་གཞོན་ནུར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: mañjuśrīkumārabhūta
Mañjuśrī is one of the “eight close sons of the Buddha” and a bodhisattva who embodies wisdom. He is a major figure in the Mahāyāna sūtras, appearing often as an interlocutor of the Buddha. In his most well-known iconographic form, he is portrayed bearing the sword of wisdom in his right hand and a volume of the Prajñāpāramitāsūtra in his left. To his name, Mañjuśrī, meaning “Gentle and Glorious One,” is often added the epithet Kumārabhūta, “having a youthful form.” He is also called Mañjughoṣa, Mañjusvara, and Pañcaśikha.
g.724
māra
Wylie: bdud
Tibetan: བདུད།
Sanskrit: māra
As well as being the name of a deity who personifies obstructiveness to awakening, the term can apply generically to demons and demonic forces, and more abstractly to four kinds of malign or demonic influences which may impede the course of spiritual transformation. These include the impure aggregates; the afflicted mental states; desires and temptations; and submission to the “Lord of death,” at which point involuntary rebirth is perpetuated in cyclic existence. Also rendered here as “demonic force.”
g.725
Mārabalapramardin
Wylie: bdud kyi stobs rab tu ’joms pa
Tibetan: བདུད་ཀྱི་སྟོབས་རབ་ཏུ་འཇོམས་པ།
Sanskrit: mārabalapramardin
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.726
marvelous events
Wylie: rmad du byung ba
Tibetan: རྨད་དུ་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: adbhutadharma
Tenth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.727
maturity
Wylie: skyon ma mchis pa, skyon med
Tibetan: སྐྱོན་མ་མཆིས་པ།, སྐྱོན་མེད།
Sanskrit: niyāma
[Of great bodhisattva beings]. While “immaturity” (āma, skyon) suggests rawness—something that is uncooked, unrefined, and flawed—here the term “maturity” implies certitude, refinement, cooking, softening, and flawlessness.
g.728
maturity with respect to all phenomena
Wylie: chos skyon med pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་སྐྱོན་མེད་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmanyāmatā
See “maturity.”
g.729
Maudgalyāyana
Wylie: maud gal gyi bu
Tibetan: མཽད་གལ་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit: maudgalyāyana
One of the principal śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha, paired with Śāriputra. He was renowned for his miraculous powers. His family clan was descended from Mudgala, hence his name Maudgalyāyana, “the son of Mudgala’s descendants.” Respectfully referred to as Mahāmaudgalyāyana, “Great Maudgalyāyana.”
g.730
meditative absorption
Wylie: snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan: སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: samāpatti
The Sanskrit literally means “attainment,” and is used to refer specifically to meditative attainment and to particular meditative states. The Tibetan translators interpreted it as sama-āpatti, which suggests the idea of “equal” or “level”; however, they also parsed it as sam-āpatti, in which case it would have the sense of “concentration” or “absorption,” much like samādhi, but with the added sense of “attainment.”Also rendered here as “absorption.”
g.731
meditative concentration
Wylie: bsam gtan
Tibetan: བསམ་གཏན།
Sanskrit: dhyāna
Meditative concentration is defined as the one-pointed abiding in an undistracted state of mind free from afflicted mental states. It is an advanced form of calm abiding, where often both calm abiding and penetrative insight may be present in perfect union. Four states of meditative concentration are identified as being conducive to birth within the realm of form, each of which has three phases of intensity. However, in the context of the Great Vehicle, meditative concentration is the fifth of the six perfections. See also “four meditative concentrations” and 9.32.
g.732
meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: samādhi
In a general sense, samādhi can describe a number of different meditative states. In the Mahāyāna literature, in particular in the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras, we find extensive lists of different samādhis, numbering over one hundred.In a more restricted sense, and when understood as a mental state, samādhi is defined as the one-pointedness of the mind (cittaikāgratā), the ability to remain on the same object over long periods of time. The Drajor Bamponyipa (sgra sbyor bam po gnyis pa) commentary on the Mahāvyutpatti explains the term samādhi as referring to the instrument through which mind and mental states “get collected,” i.e., it is by the force of samādhi that the continuum of mind and mental states becomes collected on a single point of reference without getting distracted.A generic name for the meditative stabilities enumerated in the present sūtra. There are several sets of named meditative stabilities in the text: (a) an abbreviated set of 32 in chapter 4, 4.5; (b) a longer list of 119 in chapter 6, 6.20; (c) a similar list in chapter 8, 8.247, followed by an explanation of each; (d) a list of 51 manifested by Sadāprarudita in chapter 73, in 73.17; and (e) a further 24 in which Sadāprarudita establishes certainty in chapter 75, 75.30). Additional meditative stabilities are mentioned in other places in the text. These lists differ slightly from their equivalents in the other long Prajñāpāramitā sūtras.
g.733
meditative stability devoid of both ideation and scrutiny
Wylie: mi rtog mi dpyod pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: མི་རྟོག་མི་དཔྱོད་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: avitarko’vicārasamādhi
Third of the second set of three meditative stabilities, see 9.29.
g.734
meditative stability endowed with ideation and scrutiny
Wylie: rtog pa dang bcas dpyod pa dang bcas pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: རྟོག་པ་དང་བཅས་དཔྱོད་པ་དང་བཅས་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: savitarkasavicārasamādhi
First of the second set of three meditative stabilities, see 9.29.
g.735
meditative stability free from ideation and endowed merely with scrutiny
Wylie: rtog pa med la dpyod pa tsam gyi ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: རྟོག་པ་མེད་ལ་དཔྱོད་པ་ཙམ་གྱི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: avitarkasavicāramātrasamādhi
Second of the second set of three meditative stabilities, see 9.29.
g.736
medium dichiliocosm
Wylie: ’jig rten gyi khams ’bring po stong gnyis pa, stong gnyis kyi ’jig rten gyi khams ’bring po
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས་འབྲིང་པོ་སྟོང་གཉིས་པ།, སྟོང་གཉིས་ཀྱི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས་འབྲིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: dvisāhasra lokadhātu
A second-order universe comprising one thousand chiliocosms, according to traditional Indian cosmology. See also n.374.
g.737
mental agitation
Wylie: rgod pa
Tibetan: རྒོད་པ།
Sanskrit: auddhatya
Fifth of the five fetters associated with the higher realms .
g.738
mental faculty
Wylie: yid
Tibetan: ཡིད།
Sanskrit: manas
The faculty that perceives mental phenomena.
g.739
mentally compounded sensory contact
Wylie: yid kyi ’dus te reg pa
Tibetan: ཡིད་ཀྱི་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པ།
Sanskrit: manaḥsaṃsparśa
g.740
merchant class
Wylie: rje’u rigs
Tibetan: རྗེའུ་རིགས།
Sanskrit: vaiśyavarṇa
Third of the four classes of traditional Indian society.
g.741
merit
Wylie: bsod nams
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས།
Sanskrit: puṇya
Merit refers to the wholesome tendencies imprinted in the mind as a result of positive and skillful thoughts, words, and actions that ripen in the experience of happiness and well-being. According to the Greater Vehicle, it is important to dedicate the merit of one’s wholesome actions to the benefit of all beings, ensuring that others also experience the results of the positive actions generated.
g.742
Merukūṭa
Wylie: ri bo’i zom
Tibetan: རི་བོའི་ཟོམ།
Sanskrit: merukūṭa
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.743
mighty nāga
Wylie: glang po chen po
Tibetan: གླང་པོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahānāga
This term, meaning “elephant” in this context, is a metaphor, suggesting that those present in the assembly were leaders of considerable stature rather than followers.
g.744
mindfulness
Wylie: dran pa
Tibetan: དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: smṛti
This is the faculty that enables the mind to maintain its attention on a referent object, counteracting the arising of forgetfulness, which is a great obstacle to meditative stability. Together with alertness, mindfulness is one of the two indispensable factors for the development of calm abiding.
g.745
minor marks
Wylie: dpe byad bzang po
Tibetan: དཔེ་བྱད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: anuvyañjana
See “eighty excellent minor marks.”
g.746
miraculous birth
Wylie: rdzus te skyes pa
Tibetan: རྫུས་ཏེ་སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit: upapāduka
Fourth of the four modes of birth.
g.747
monastic communities
Wylie: dge ’dun
Tibetan: དགེ་འདུན།
Sanskrit: saṅgha
Though often specifically reserved for the monastic community, this term can be applied to any of the four Buddhist communities—monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen—as well as to identify the different groups of practitioners, like the community of bodhisattvas or the community of śrāvakas. It is also the third of the Three Jewels (triratna) of Buddhism: the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Community.
g.748
monastic preceptor
Wylie: mkhan po
Tibetan: མཁན་པོ།
Sanskrit: upādhyāya
One who presides over the monastic ordination ceremony of new monks.
g.749
monk
Wylie: dge slong
Tibetan: དགེ་སློང་།
Sanskrit: bhikṣu
The term bhikṣu, often translated as “monk,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist monks and nuns—like other ascetics of the time—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a monk follows 253 rules as part of his moral discipline. A nun (bhikṣuṇī; dge slong ma) follows 364 rules. A novice monk (śrāmaṇera; dge tshul) or nun (śrāmaṇerikā; dge tshul ma) follows thirty-six rules of moral discipline (although in other vinaya traditions novices typically follow only ten).
g.750
moonlight
Wylie: zla ba’i ’od
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: candraprabha
A meditative stability.
g.751
moral supremacy
Wylie: tshul khrims mchog ’dzin
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་མཆོག་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: śīlaparāmarśagranthā
Third of the four knots.
g.752
most extensive teachings
Wylie: shin tu rgyas pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: vaipulya
Twelfth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.753
motionlessness of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad mi g.yo ba nyid, chos thams cad g.yo ba med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མི་གཡོ་བ་ཉིད།, ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་གཡོ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmācalana
The third of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.754
Mount Sumeru
Wylie: ri rab, rgyal po ri rab
Tibetan: རི་རབ།, རྒྱལ་པོ་རི་རབ།
Sanskrit: sumeru
According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.
g.755
multifacetedness of Mount Sumeru
Wylie: ri rab rnam pa sna tshogs pa, ri rab lta bur rnam pa sna tshogs pa
Tibetan: རི་རབ་རྣམ་པ་སྣ་ཚོགས་པ།, རི་རབ་ལྟ་བུར་རྣམ་པ་སྣ་ཚོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: meruvicitra
The twelfth of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.756
mundane phenomena
Wylie: ’jig rten pa’i chos
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: laukikadharma
These comprise the five aggregates, the twelve sense fields, the eighteen sensory elements, the ten virtuous actions, the four meditative concentrations, the four immeasurable attitudes, the four formless absorptions, and the five extrasensory powers.
g.757
nāga
Wylie: klu
Tibetan: ཀླུ།
Sanskrit: nāga
A class of nonhuman beings who live in subterranean aquatic environments, where they guard wealth and sometimes also teachings. Nāgas are associated with serpents and have a snakelike appearance. In Buddhist art and in written accounts, they are regularly portrayed as half human and half snake, and they are also said to have the ability to change into human form. Some nāgas are Dharma protectors, but they can also bring retribution if they are disturbed. They may likewise fight one another, wage war, and destroy the lands of others by causing lightning, hail, and flooding.
g.758
Nāgārjuna
Wylie: klu grub
Tibetan: ཀླུ་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit: nāgārjuna
Indian philosopher and commentator (fl. second century), founder of the Madhyamaka school from his writings based principally on the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras, and traditionally said to have brought the Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand Lines from the realm of the nāgas to the human realm.
g.759
name and form
Wylie: ming dang gzugs
Tibetan: མིང་དང་གཟུགས།
Sanskrit: nāmarūpa
Fourth of the twelve links of dependent origination.
g.760
Nandā
Wylie: mdangs dga’ ba
Tibetan: མདངས་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: nandā
Name of a world system in the direction of the zenith, where the buddha Nandaśrī teaches the perfection of wisdom to bodhisattva great beings.
g.761
Nandadatta
Wylie: dga’ bas byin pa
Tibetan: དགའ་བས་བྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: nandadatta
Name of a bodhisattva from a distant world system in the direction of the zenith called Nandā, who comes to this world to pay homage to the Buddha.
g.762
Nandaśrī
Wylie: dga’ ba’i dpal
Tibetan: དགའ་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: nandaśrī
Name of a buddha in the direction of the zenith, residing in the world system called Nandā.
g.763
Naradatta
Wylie: skyes bus byin
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་བུས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: naradatta
Name of a bodhisattva; in other texts his name in Tibetan is na las byin, mis byin, or mes byin.
g.764
narratives
Wylie: rtogs pa brjod pa
Tibetan: རྟོགས་པ་བརྗོད་པ།
Sanskrit: avadāna
Ninth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.765
nasally compounded sensory contact
Wylie: sna’i ’dus te reg pa
Tibetan: སྣའི་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པ།
Sanskrit: ghrāṇasaṃsparśa
g.766
natural seal absorbing all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad yang dag par ’du ba’i rang bzhin phyag rgya
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་འདུ་བའི་རང་བཞིན་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: [sarvadharma]samavasaraṇākaramudrā
A meditative stability.
g.767
naturally devoid of conventional expression
Wylie: rang bzhin gyis tha snyad med pa
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན་གྱིས་ཐ་སྙད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: prakṛtyavyavahāro
The nineteenth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.768
nature of reality
Wylie: chos nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmatā
The real nature, true quality, or condition of things. Throughout Buddhist discourse this term is used in two distinct ways. In one, it designates the relative nature that is either the essential characteristic of a specific phenomenon, such as the heat of fire and the moisture of water, or the defining feature of a specific term or category. The other very important and widespread way it is used is to designate the ultimate nature of all phenomena, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms and is often synonymous with emptiness or the absence of intrinsic existence.Also rendered here simply as “reality.”
g.769
navel that curls to the right
Wylie: lte ba g.yas phyogs su ’khyil pa
Tibetan: ལྟེ་བ་གཡས་ཕྱོགས་སུ་འཁྱིལ་པ།
Sanskrit: pradakṣināvartanābhi
Thirty-eighth of the eighty minor marks.
g.770
navel that is deep
Wylie: lte ba zab pa
Tibetan: ལྟེ་བ་ཟབ་པ།
Sanskrit: gaṃbhīranābhi
Thirty-seventh of the eighty minor marks.
g.771
night lotus
Wylie: ku mu da
Tibetan: ཀུ་མུ་ད།
Sanskrit: kumuda
Nymphae esculenta.
g.772
nine mundane contemplations
Wylie: ’du shes dgu
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་དགུ
Sanskrit: navasaṃjñā
The nine contemplations of impurity, as described in 2.5 are as follows: (1) contemplation of a bloated corpse, (2) contemplation of a worm-infested corpse, (3) contemplation of a putrefied corpse, (4) contemplation of a bloody corpse, (5) contemplation of a blue-black corpse, (6) contemplation of a devoured corpse, (7) contemplation of a dismembered corpse, (8) contemplation of a skeleton, and (9) contemplation of an immolated corpse. For Pāli and Sanskrit sources relevant to the nine contemplations of impurity, see Dayal (1932): 93–94.
g.773
nine serial steps of meditative absorption
Wylie: mthar gyis gnas pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa dgu
Tibetan: མཐར་གྱིས་གནས་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་དགུ
Sanskrit: navānupūrvavihārasamāpatti
The nine levels of meditative absorption that one may attain during a human life, namely the four meditative concentrations corresponding to the realm of form (caturdhyāna), the four formless meditative absorptions (caturārūpyasamāpatti), and the attainment of the state of cessation. For an explanation of the nine serial steps of meditative absorption in this text, see 8.37. These are also summarized in Jamgon Kongtrul TOK Book 6, Pt. 2: pp. 428–29.
g.774
nine states of beings
Wylie: sems can gyi gnas dgu
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་གྱི་གནས་དགུ
Sanskrit: navasattvāvāsa
The nine states of beings (navasattvāvāsa, sems can gyi gnas dgu, Degé Tengyur vol. 91, F.41.a ) comprise (1) human beings and certain gods exemplifying those who have different bodies and different perceptions (lus tha dad cing ’du shes tha dad pa dag dper na mi rnams dang lha kha cig); (2) the gods appearing in the first tier of the Brahmakāyika realms, exemplifying those who have different bodies and identical perceptions (lus tha dad pa la ’du shes gcig pa dag dper na tshangs ris kyi lha dag dang po ’byung ba), (3) the gods of the Ᾱbhāsvara realms, exemplifying those who have identical bodies and different perceptions (lus gcig la ’du shes tha dad pa dag dper na ’od gsal ba rnams); (4) the gods of the Śubhakṛtsna realms, exemplifying those who have identical bodies and identical perceptions (lus gcig la ’du shes gcig pa dag dper na dge rgyas kyi lha rnams); (5) the activity field of infinite space (nam mkha’ mtha’ yas skye mched); (6) the activity field of infinite consciousness (rnam shes mtha’ yas skye mched); (7) the activity field of nothing-at-all (ci yang med pa’i skye mched); [(8) the activity field of neither perception nor nonperception (’du shes med ’du shes med min gyi skye mched)]; and (9) the activity field of nonperception (’du shes med pa’i skye mched). The missing one is included in Nordrang Orgyan, pp. 2034–35.
g.775
Nirmāṇarata
Wylie: ’phrul dga’
Tibetan: འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit: nirmāṇarata
Fifth god realm of desire, meaning “Delighting in Emanation.”
g.776
nirvāṇa
Wylie: mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan: མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit: nirvāṇa
In Sanskrit, the term nirvāṇa literally means “extinguishment” and the Tibetan mya ngan las ’das pa literally means “gone beyond sorrow.” As a general term, it refers to the cessation of all suffering, afflicted mental states (kleśa), and causal processes (karman) that lead to rebirth and suffering in cyclic existence, as well as to the state in which all such rebirth and suffering has permanently ceased.More specifically, three main types of nirvāṇa are identified. (1) The first type of nirvāṇa, called nirvāṇa with remainder (sopadhiśeṣanirvāṇa), is the state in which arhats or buddhas have attained awakening but are still dependent on the conditioned aggregates until their lifespan is exhausted. (2) At the end of life, given that there are no more causes for rebirth, these aggregates cease and no new aggregates arise. What occurs then is called nirvāṇa without remainder ( anupadhiśeṣanirvāṇa), which refers to the unconditioned element (dhātu) of nirvāṇa in which there is no remainder of the aggregates. (3) The Mahāyāna teachings distinguish the final nirvāṇa of buddhas from that of arhats, the nirvāṇa of arhats not being considered ultimate. The buddhas attain what is called nonabiding nirvāṇa (apratiṣṭhitanirvāṇa), which transcends the extremes of saṃsāra and nirvāṇa, i.e., existence and peace. This is the nirvāṇa that is the goal of the Mahāyāna path.
g.777
Nityapramudita
Wylie: rtag par rab tu dga’ ba
Tibetan: རྟག་པར་རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: nityapramudita
Name of one of four gardens in the residence of the bodhisattva great being Dharmodgata, in the city of Gandhavatī.
g.778
Nityayukta
Wylie: rtag tu sbyor ba
Tibetan: རྟག་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit: nityayukta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.779
Nityodyukta
Wylie: rtag tu brtson
Tibetan: རྟག་ཏུ་བརྩོན།
Sanskrit: nityodyukta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.780
Nityotkṣiptahasta
Wylie: rtag tu lag brkyang
Tibetan: རྟག་ཏུ་ལག་བརྐྱང་།
Sanskrit: nityotkṣiptahasta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.781
no aspect
Wylie: rnam pa med pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་མེད་པ།
The 71st meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8. In Dutt 198, the Sanskrit is prabhākara, light maker.
g.782
no fixed abode
Wylie: gnas la rten pa med pa
Tibetan: གནས་ལ་རྟེན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aniketasthita
The 33rd meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.783
no longer subject to rebirth
Wylie: phyir mi ’ong ba
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit: āgāmī
One of the four types of noble individuals, the third stage of the progression culminating in the state of arhat. The term is often rendered “non-returner.” “Rebirth” here refers only to rebirth in the realm of desire, as rebirth in the pure abodes (śuddhāvāsa) of the form realm is one outcome.
g.784
noble daughter
Wylie: rigs kyi bu mo
Tibetan: རིགས་ཀྱི་བུ་མོ།
Sanskrit: kulaputrī, kuladuhitā
Indian term of address used by a teacher regarding a student. While originally related to family lineage, in Great Vehicle sūtras the term is also sometimes interpreted as implying that the person so addressed has entered the lineage of the buddhas, i.e., is a follower of the bodhisattva path.
g.785
noble eightfold path
Wylie: ’phags pa’i lam yan lag brgyad
Tibetan: འཕགས་པའི་ལམ་ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭaṅgāryamārga
The noble eightfold path, enumerated in 9.25, comprises (1) correct view, (2) correct thought, (3) correct speech, (4) correct action, (5) correct livelihood, (6) correct effort, (7) correct recollection , and (8) correct meditative stability.
g.786
noble one
Wylie: ’phags pa
Tibetan: འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: ārya
The Sanskrit ārya has the general meaning of a noble person, one of a higher class or caste. In Buddhist literature, depending on the context, it often means specifically one who has gained the realization of the path and is superior for that reason. In particular, it applies to stream enterers, once-returners, non-returners, and worthy ones (arhats) and is also used as an epithet of bodhisattvas. In the five-path system, it refers to someone who has achieved at least the path of seeing (darśanamārga).
g.787
noble son
Wylie: rigs kyi bu
Tibetan: རིགས་ཀྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit: kulaputra
Indian term of address used by a teacher regarding a student. While originally related to family lineage, in Great Vehicle sūtras the term is also sometimes interpreted as implying that the person so addressed has entered the lineage of the buddhas, i.e., is a follower of the bodhisattva path.
g.788
noble truth
Wylie: ’phags pa’i bden pa
Tibetan: འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit: āryasatya
Strictly speaking, this should be translated “truth of the noble ones,” but for brevity the widespread short form has been used. See also “four truths of the noble ones.”
g.789
nonapprehensibility (of the essential nature) of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi ngo bo nyid dmigs su med pa, chos thams cad dmigs su med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་དམིགས་སུ་མེད་པ།, ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་དམིགས་སུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmasvabhāvānupalabdhi
The twenty-first of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.790
nonapprehension of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad mi dmigs pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མི་དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmānupalabdhir
The ninth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.791
nonapprehension of the essential nature of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi ngo bo nyid mi dmigs pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་མི་དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmasvabhāvānupalabdhir
The second of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.792
nonarising of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad skye ba med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་སྐྱེ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmasvabhāvānutpatti
The initial meditative stability mentioned before the list in chapter 6, but not mentioned in chapter 8.
g.793
nonarising of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad skye ba med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་སྐྱེ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmānutpāda
The eighth of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.794
nonceasing of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad ’gag pa med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་འགག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmānirodha
The ninth of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.795
nondifferentiation of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad rnam par ’byed pa mnyam pa nyid, chos thams cad mi phyed pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་འབྱེད་པ་མཉམ་པ་ཉིད།, ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མི་ཕྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmāsaṃbheda
The twenty-second of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and the twentieth of the meditative stabilities realized by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.796
nondifferentiation with respect to all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad la tha dad pa med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་ཐ་དད་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmanirnānātvo
The fourth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.797
nondistinguished
Wylie: mngon par dmigs pa med pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་དམིགས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anabhilakṣita
The 97th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.798
nonentity
Wylie: dngos po med pa
Tibetan: དངོས་པོ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: abhāva
See 8.241.
g.799
nonexclusion
Wylie: rnam pa ’dor ba med pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་འདོར་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ākārānavakāra
The 91st meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.800
nonfixation on the three realms
Wylie: khams gsum la mngon par ma zhen pa
Tibetan: ཁམས་གསུམ་ལ་མངོན་པར་མ་ཞེན་པ།
Sanskrit: trailokyānabhiniviṣṭo
The forty-ninth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.801
nonperception of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad rnam par mi mthong ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་མི་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmavipaśyano
The twenty-third of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.802
nonresidual nirvāṇa
Wylie: phung po ma lus pa’i mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan: ཕུང་པོ་མ་ལུས་པའི་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit: nirupadhiśeṣanirvāṇa
One of the different types of nirvāṇa, where the aggregates have also been consumed within emptiness. See also “final nirvāṇa.”
g.803
nonself
Wylie: bdag med pa
Tibetan: བདག་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anātman
The view that there is no inherently existent self, whether dependent on or independent of the five aggregates. Also translated here as “absence of self.”
g.804
nonsensical chatter
Wylie: tshig kyal pa
Tibetan: ཚིག་ཀྱལ་པ།
Sanskrit: abaddhapralāpa
Seventh of ten nonvirtuous actions. Also rendered as “irresponsible chatter.”
g.805
nonvirtuous phenomena
Wylie: mi dge ba’i chos
Tibetan: མི་དགེ་བའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: akuśaladharma
Nonvirtuous phenomena, as presented in 8.33, include the following: the killing of living creatures, theft, sexual misconduct, lying, slander, verbal abuse, irresponsible chatter, covetousness, malice, wrong views, anger, enmity, hypocrisy, annoyance, violence, jealousy, miserliness, and pride.
g.806
nose that is extremely clean
Wylie: shangs shin du gtsang ba
Tibetan: ཤངས་ཤིན་དུ་གཙང་བ།
Sanskrit: śucināsa
Fifty-ninth of the eighty minor marks.
g.807
nose that is prominent
Wylie: las legs par mtho ba dang ldan pa
Tibetan: ལས་ལེགས་པར་མཐོ་བ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: uttuṅganāsa
Fifty-eighth of the eighty minor marks.
g.808
not an actual entity
Wylie: tshig gi don med pa
Tibetan: ཚིག་གི་དོན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: apadārtha
See n.247.
g.809
not forsaking any beings
Wylie: sems can thams cad yongs su mi gtong ba
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡོངས་སུ་མི་གཏོང་བ།
Sanskrit: sarvasattvaparityāgitā
Fifth of the eight attributes of the second level.
g.810
not noisy
Wylie: ca co mi mnga’
Tibetan: ཅ་ཅོ་མི་མངའ།
Sanskrit: nāsti ravitam
Second of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.811
notion of happiness
Wylie: bde ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: བདེ་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: sukhasaṃjñā
Second of the four misconceptions.
g.812
notion of permanence
Wylie: rtag pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: རྟག་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: nityasaṃjñā
First of the four misconceptions.
g.813
notion of self
Wylie: bdag tu ’du shes
Tibetan: བདག་ཏུ་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: ātmasaṃjñā
Third of the four misconceptions; the mistaken notion of a self existing independent of the five aggregates.
g.814
notion that existence is pleasant
Wylie: sdug par ’du shes
Tibetan: སྡུག་པར་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: śubhasaṃjñā
Literally, the “notion of pleasantness;” fourth of the four misconceptions.
g.815
nouns, lexical explanations, words, and syllables
Wylie: ming dang nges pa’i sgra dang tshig dang ’bru
Tibetan: མིང་དང་ངེས་པའི་སྒྲ་དང་ཚིག་དང་འབྲུ།
Sanskrit: nāmaniruktipadavyañjano
The twenty-second of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.816
nun
Wylie: dge slong ma
Tibetan: དགེ་སློང་མ།
Sanskrit: bhikṣuṇī
The term bhikṣuṇī, often translated as “nun,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term bhikṣu (to which the female grammatical ending ṇī is added) literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist nuns and monks—like other ascetics of the time—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a bhikṣuṇī follows 364 rules and a bhikṣu follows 253 rules as part of their moral discipline.For the first few years of the Buddha’s teachings in India, there was no ordination for women. It started at the persistent request and display of determination of Mahāprajāpatī, the Buddha’s stepmother and aunt, together with five hundred former wives of men of Kapilavastu, who had themselves become monks. Mahāprajāpatī is thus considered to be the founder of the nun’s order.
g.817
Nyanggom Chobar
Wylie: myang sgom chos ’bar
Tibetan: མྱང་སྒོམ་ཆོས་འབར།
g.818
objectionable
Wylie: kha na ma tho ba
Tibetan: ཁ་ན་མ་ཐོ་བ།
Sanskrit: sāvadya
The term is applied to actions, describing those that are negative in the sense either of being naturally wrong or of transgressing a formal rule or commitment, and is often translated as wrongdoing, unwholesome, etc. In some passages in this text the “objectionable” or “censurable” quality of actions is extended to any that are tainted with dualistic notions.
g.819
obliterating defects of speech, transforming them as if into space
Wylie: ngag gi skyon rnam par ’jig pas nam mkha’ ltar gyur pa med pa
Tibetan: ངག་གི་སྐྱོན་རྣམ་པར་འཇིག་པས་ནམ་མཁའ་ལྟར་གྱུར་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vākkalividhvaṃsanagaganakalpa
The 118th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.820
observation of spatial directions
Wylie: phyogs rnam par lta ba
Tibetan: ཕྱོགས་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: digvilokita
The 19th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.821
observation of the ten directions
Wylie: phyogs bcur rnam par lta ba
Tibetan: ཕྱོགས་བཅུར་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: daśadigvalokita
A meditative stability.
g.822
observation that all phenomena are unchanging
Wylie: chos thams cad mi ’gyur bar mthong ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མི་འགྱུར་བར་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmanirvikāradarśī
The fifth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.823
observing everything
Wylie: kun tu snang ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: samantāvaloka
The 58th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.824
ocean embracing all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi ’byor ba rgya mtsho
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་འབྱོར་བ་རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmavibhavasamudro
The forty-third of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.825
oceanic seal [absorbing all phenomena]
Wylie: rgya mtsho’i phyag rgya, chos thams cad yang dag par ’du ba rgya mtsho’i phyag rgya
Tibetan: རྒྱ་མཚོའི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།, ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་འདུ་བ་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmasamavasaraṇasāgaramudrā AO
g.826
oceanic seal gathering all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad yang dag par ’du ba rgya mtsho’i phyag rgya
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་འདུ་བ་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: [sarvadharma]samavasaraṇa[sāgara-mudrā]
The 22nd meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.827
omniscient wisdom
Wylie: thams cad mkhyen pa’i ye shes
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: sarvajñāna
g.828
one achieves and dwells in the cessation of all perceptions and feelings
Wylie: ’du shes dang tshor ba ’gog pa la nye bar bsgrubs te gnas pa
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་དང་ཚོར་བ་འགོག་པ་ལ་ཉེ་བར་བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃjñāveditanirodhakayena sākṣātkṛtvopasampadya viharati
Eighth of the eight aspects of liberation. Also the ninth of the nine serial steps of meditative absorption.
g.829
one achieves and dwells in the sphere of infinite consciousness, [thinking, ‘Consciousness is infinite.’]
Wylie: rnam shes mtha’ yas skye mched la nye bar bsgrubs te gnas pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་ཤེས་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ལ་ཉེ་བར་བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: vijñānāntyāyatanamupasampadyaviharati
Fifth of the eight aspects of liberation. Also the sixth of the nine serial steps of meditative absorption and the second of the four formless meditative absorptions.
g.830
one achieves and dwells in the sphere of infinite space, [thinking, ‘Space is infinite.’]
Wylie: nam mkha’ mtha’ yas skye mched la nye bar bsgrubs te gnas pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ལ་ཉེ་བར་བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: ākāśānantyāyatanamupasampadya viharati
Fourth of the eight aspects of liberation. Also the fifth of the nine serial steps of meditative absorption and the first of the four formless meditative absorptions.
g.831
one achieves and dwells in the sphere of neither perception nor nonperception
Wylie: ’du shes med ’du shes med min skye mched la nye bar bsgrubs te gnas pa
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་མིན་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ལ་ཉེ་བར་བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: naivasaṃjñāsaṃjñāyatanamupasampadya viharati
Seventh of the eight aspects of liberation. Also the eighth of the nine serial steps of meditative absorption and the fourth of the four formless meditative absorptions.
g.832
one achieves and dwells in the sphere of nothing-at-all, [thinking, ‘There is nothing at all’]
Wylie: cung zad med pa’i skye mched la nye bar bsgrubs te gnas pa
Tibetan: ཅུང་ཟད་མེད་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ལ་ཉེ་བར་བསྒྲུབས་ཏེ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: akiṃcanyāyatanamupasampadya viharati
Sixth of the eight aspects of liberation. Also the seventh of the nine serial steps of meditative absorption and the third of the four formless meditative absorptions.
g.833
one and only real nature
Wylie: gzhan ma yin pa de bzhin nyid
Tibetan: གཞན་མ་ཡིན་པ་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: ananyatathatā
g.834
one destined for only one more rebirth
Wylie: lan gcig phyir ’ong ba
Tibetan: ལན་གཅིག་ཕྱིར་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit: sakṛdāgāmī
One of the four types of noble individuals, the second stage of the progression culminating in the state of arhat. The term is often rendered “once-returner.” “Rebirth” refers to rebirth in cyclic existence; in the Great Vehicle context the term is sometimes transposed to the bodhisattva path to designate one whose next rebirth will be in the Tuṣita realm before becoming a buddha.
g.835
one who has only a single further intervening rebirth
Wylie: gcig gis chod pa
Tibetan: གཅིག་གིས་ཆོད་པ།
Sanskrit: ekavīcika
g.836
one who will only be subject to rebirth seven more times
Wylie: lan bdun pa
Tibetan: ལན་བདུན་པ།
Sanskrit: saptakṛtva
g.837
origin of suffering
Wylie: kun ’byung ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: samudaya
Second of the four truths of the noble ones.
g.838
out of order
Wylie: snrel zhi
Tibetan: སྣྲེལ་ཞི།
Sanskrit: vyatyastasamāpatti
The 29th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.839
outer patched robe
Wylie: sbyar ma
Tibetan: སྦྱར་མ།
Sanskrit: saṃghāṭī
Name of the outer robe worn by fully ordained monks on formal occasions, including teachings and begging for alms, is fashioned of patches, their number indicative of the monastic order to which they belong. See, e.g., Zhang Yisun et al (1985): pp. 1594–95.
g.840
overwhelming of all beings
Wylie: sems can thams cad zil gyis gnon pa
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཟིལ་གྱིས་གནོན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvasattvābhibhavano
The thirty-fourth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.841
oviparous birth
Wylie: sgo nga las skyes pa
Tibetan: སྒོ་ང་ལས་སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit: aṇḍaja
Second of the four modes of birth.
g.842
Padmā
Wylie: pad mo
Tibetan: པད་མོ།
Sanskrit: padmā
Name of a world system in the direction of the nadir, where the buddha Padmaśrī teaches the perfection of wisdom to bodhisattva great beings.
g.843
Padmahasta
Wylie: lag na pad mo
Tibetan: ལག་ན་པད་མོ།
Sanskrit: padmahasta
Name of a bodhisattva from a distant world system in the southeastern direction called Bodhimaṇḍalākārasurucirā, who comes to this world to pay homage to the Buddha.
g.844
Padmaśrī
Wylie: pad mo’i dpal
Tibetan: པད་མོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: padmaśrī
Name of a buddha in the direction of the nadir, residing in the world system called Padmā.
g.845
Padmavatī
Wylie: pad mo can
Tibetan: པད་མོ་ཅན།
Sanskrit: padmavatī
The buddhafield of buddha Samantakusuma.
g.846
Padmavatī
Wylie: pad mo yod pa
Tibetan: པད་མོ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: padmavatī
The name of a royal court in Rājagṛha.
g.847
Padmottara
Wylie: pad mo dam pa
Tibetan: པད་མོ་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: padmottara
Name of a bodhisattva from a distant world system in the direction of the nadir called Padmā, who comes to this world to pay homage to the Buddha.
g.848
Padmottaraśrī
Wylie: pad mo dam pa’i dpal
Tibetan: པད་མོ་དམ་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: padmottaraśrī
Name of a buddha in the southeastern direction, residing in the world system called Bodhimaṇḍalākārasurucirā.
g.849
Paranirmitavaśavartin
Wylie: gzhan ’phrul dbang byed
Tibetan: གཞན་འཕྲུལ་དབང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: paranirmitavaśavartin
Sixth god realm of desire, meaning “Mastery over Transformations.”
g.850
Parīttābha
Wylie: chung snang
Tibetan: ཆུང་སྣང་།
Sanskrit: parīttābha
Fifth of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Little Radiance.”
g.851
Parīttabṛhat
Wylie: chung che
Tibetan: ཆུང་ཆེ།
Sanskrit: parīttabṛhat
Literally meaning “Small Great,” the name used in this text and in the Hundred Thousand for what is, in the Prajñāpāramitā literature, the fourteenth of the sixteen levels of the god realm of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations. The Sanskrit equivalent is attested in the Sanskrit of the Hundred Thousand, while the name Anabhraka (q.v.) is used in the later Sanskrit manuscripts that correspond more closely to the eight-chapter Tengyur version of this text. In other genres, this is the tenth of twelve levels of the god realm of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations.
g.852
Parīttaśubha
Wylie: chung dge
Tibetan: ཆུང་དགེ
Sanskrit: parīttaśubha
Tenth of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Little Virtue.”
g.853
past action
Wylie: las
Tibetan: ལས།
Sanskrit: karman
Past actions with their impact in the present and future. Also rendered here as “karma.”
g.854
path
Wylie: lam
Tibetan: ལམ།
Sanskrit: mārga
Fourth of the four truths of the noble ones.
g.855
paths of the ten virtuous actions
Wylie: dge ba bcu’i las kyi lam
Tibetan: དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལས་ཀྱི་ལམ།
Sanskrit: daśakuśalakarmapatha
These are the opposite of the ten nonvirtuous actions, i.e., refraining from engaging in the ten nonvirtuous actions and (in some contexts) doing the opposite.
g.856
Patient Endurance
Wylie: mi mjed
Tibetan: མི་མཇེད།
Sanskrit: saha
The name for our world system, the universe of a thousand million worlds, or trichiliocosm, in which the four-continent world is located. Each trichiliocosm is ruled by a god Brahmā; thus, in this context, he bears the title of Sahāṃpati, Lord of Sahā. The world system of Sahā, or Sahālokadhātu, is also described as the buddhafield of the Buddha Śākyamuni where he teaches the Dharma to beings. The name Sahā possibly derives from the Sanskrit √sah, “to bear, endure, or withstand.” It is often interpreted as alluding to the inhabitants of this world being able to endure the suffering they encounter. The Tibetan translation, mi mjed, follows along the same lines. It literally means “not painful,” in the sense that beings here are able to bear the suffering they experience.
g.857
peace
Wylie: zhi ba
Tibetan: ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit: śānti
Also translated here as “calm.”
g.858
people
Wylie: shed bdag
Tibetan: ཤེད་བདག
Sanskrit: mānava
Manu being the archetypal human, the progenitor of humankind, in the Mahābhārata, the Purāṇas, and other Indian texts, “child of Manu” (mānava) or “born of Manu” (manuja) is a synonym of “human being” or humanity in general.
g.859
perception of death
Wylie: ’chi ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: འཆི་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: mṛtyuḥsaṃjñā
Fifth of the six aspects of perception.
g.860
perception of disinterest with respect to all mundane phenomena
Wylie: ’jig rten thams cad la dga’ bar mi bya ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་དགའ་བར་མི་བྱ་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: sarvalokānabhiratisaṃjñā
Sixth of the six aspects of perception.
g.861
perception of impermanence
Wylie: mi rtag pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: མི་རྟག་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: anityasaṃjñā
First of the six aspects of perception in chapter 2, and first of another list in chapter 58.
g.862
perception of nonself
Wylie: bdag med pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: བདག་མེད་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: anātmasaṃjñā
Third of the six aspects of perception in chapter 2, and third of another list in chapter 58.
g.863
perception of suffering
Wylie: sdug bsngal gyi ’du shes
Tibetan: སྡུག་བསྔལ་གྱི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: duḥkhasaṃjñā
Second of the six aspects of perception in chapter 2, and second of another list in chapter 58.
g.864
perception of unattractiveness
Wylie: mi sdug pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan: མི་སྡུག་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: apriyasaṃjñā
Fourth of the six aspects of perception in chapter 2, and fourth of another list in chapter 58.
g.865
perception that all mundane phenomena are unreliable
Wylie: ’jig rten thams cad la yid brtan du mi rung ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་ཡིད་བརྟན་དུ་མི་རུང་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
g.866
perceptions
Wylie: ’du shes
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: saṃjñā
Third of the five aggregates. It is perceptions that recognize and identify forms and objects, differentiating and designating them.
g.867
perfection of ethical discipline
Wylie: tshul khrims kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: śīlapāramitā
Second of the six perfections.
g.868
perfection of generosity
Wylie: sbyin pa’i pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: སྦྱིན་པའི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: dānapāramitā
First of the six perfections.
g.869
perfection of meditative concentration
Wylie: bsam gtan gyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: བསམ་གཏན་གྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: dhyānapāramitā
Fifth of the six perfections. See also “meditative concentration.”
g.870
perfection of perseverance
Wylie: brtson ’grus kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: vīryapāramitā
Fourth of the six perfections.
g.871
perfection of tolerance
Wylie: bzod pa’i pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: བཟོད་པའི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣāntipāramitā
Third of the six perfections.
g.872
perfection of wisdom
Wylie: shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: prajñāpāramitā
The sixth of the six perfections, it refers to the profound understanding of the emptiness of all phenomena, the realization of ultimate reality. It is often personified as a female deity, worshiped as the “Mother of All Buddhas” (sarvajinamātā).
g.873
perfections
Wylie: pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: pāramitā
See “six perfections.”
g.874
permeation of space
Wylie: nam mkha’ rgyas par ’gengs pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་རྒྱས་པར་འགེངས་པ།
Sanskrit: ākāśasphāraṇa
The 23rd meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.875
perseverance
Wylie: brtson ’grus
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས།
Sanskrit: vīrya
Fourth of the six perfections.
g.876
perseverance in and searching for the perfections
Wylie: pha rol du phyin pa rnams la brtson zhing tshol ba
Tibetan: ཕ་རོལ་དུ་ཕྱིན་པ་རྣམས་ལ་བརྩོན་ཞིང་ཚོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: pāramitāstadyogaparyeṣṭhi
Eighth of the eight attributes of the second level.
g.877
person
Wylie: gang zag
Tibetan: གང་ཟག
Sanskrit: pudgala
Also translated as “individual” or “individual personality.”
g.878
phlegm disorders
Wylie: bad kan gyi nad, bad kan las gyur pa’i nad
Tibetan: བད་ཀན་གྱི་ནད།, བད་ཀན་ལས་གྱུར་པའི་ནད།
Sanskrit: śleṣmikāvyādhi
Third of the four kinds of disease.
g.879
physical forms
Wylie: gzugs
Tibetan: གཟུགས།
Sanskrit: rūpa
First of the five aggregates. Physical forms include the subtle and manifest forms derived from the material elements.
g.880
pleasant speech
Wylie: snyan par smra ba, tshig snyan pa
Tibetan: སྙན་པར་སྨྲ་བ།, ཚིག་སྙན་པ།
Sanskrit: priyavadita
Second of the four attractive qualities of a bodhisattva.
g.881
power of faith
Wylie: dad pa’i stobs
Tibetan: དད་པའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: śraddhābala
First of the five powers.
g.882
power of meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi stobs
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: samādhibala
Fourth of the five powers.
g.883
power of perseverance
Wylie: brtson ’grus kyi stobs
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: vīryabala
Second of the five powers.
g.884
power of recollection
Wylie: dran pa’i stobs
Tibetan: དྲན་པའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: smṛtibala
Third of the five powers.
g.885
power of wisdom
Wylie: shes rab kyi stobs
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: prajñābala
Fifth of the five powers.
g.886
powers
Wylie: stobs
Tibetan: སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: bala
May refer to either the “five powers” (in lists after the “[five] faculties”) or the “ten powers of the tathāgatas.”
g.887
powers of the tathāgatas
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa’i stobs
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: tathāgatabala
See “ten powers of the tathāgatas.”
g.888
Prajāpati
Wylie: skye dgu’i bdag po
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་དགུའི་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit: prajāpati
Name of a god.
g.889
Prajñāpāramitā
Wylie: shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: prajñāpāramitā
See “perfection of wisdom.”
g.890
Prakrit
Wylie: phal skad
Tibetan: ཕལ་སྐད།
Sanskrit: prākṛta
A collective name for the colloquial dialects of the Middle Indo-Aryan languages.
g.891
Prasenajit
Wylie: sde rab tu pham byed
Tibetan: སྡེ་རབ་ཏུ་ཕམ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: prasenajit
King of Kośala and disciple-patron of the Buddha.
g.892
pratyekabuddha
Wylie: rang sangs rgyas, rang rgyal
Tibetan: རང་སངས་རྒྱས།, རང་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit: pratyekabuddha
Literally, “buddha for oneself” or “solitary realizer.” Someone who, in his or her last life, attains awakening entirely through their own contemplation, without relying on a teacher. Unlike the awakening of a fully realized buddha (samyaksambuddha), the accomplishment of a pratyekabuddha is not regarded as final or ultimate. They attain realization of the nature of dependent origination, the selflessness of the person, and a partial realization of the selflessness of phenomena, by observing the suchness of all that arises through interdependence. This is the result of progress in previous lives but, unlike a buddha, they do not have the necessary merit, compassion or motivation to teach others. They are named as “rhinoceros-like” (khaḍgaviṣāṇakalpa) for their preference for staying in solitude or as “congregators” (vargacārin) when their preference is to stay among peers.
g.893
precious seal
Wylie: rin chen phyag rgya
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: ratnamudrā
The 2nd meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8, also mentioned in other chapters.
g.894
pride
Wylie: nga rgyal
Tibetan: ང་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit: māna
Fourth of the five fetters associated with the higher realms .
g.895
priestly class
Wylie: bram ze’i rigs
Tibetan: བྲམ་ཟེའི་རིགས།
Sanskrit: brāhmaṇavarṇa
First of the four classes of traditional Indian society.
g.896
principle of [ultimate] reality
Wylie: chos kyi tshul
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཚུལ།
Sanskrit: dharmanaya
g.897
prophecy
Wylie: lung du bstan pa
Tibetan: ལུང་དུ་བསྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: vyākaraṇa
See “prophetic declaration.”
g.898
prophetic declaration
Wylie: lung bstan pa
Tibetan: ལུང་བསྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: vyākaraṇa
In the evolution of bodhisattvas, the formal prophesy or prophetic declaration made by a buddha that they will attain awakening at a specified future time is a key event frequently described in the sūtras and other narrative accounts. It is also the third of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.899
provision
Wylie: tshogs
Tibetan: ཚོགས།
Sanskrit: sambhāra
This term denotes the two provisions of merit and wisdom that are gathered by bodhisattvas on the path to consummate buddhahood. The fulfilment of the authentic provision of merit (puṇyasambhāra, bsod nams kyi tshogs) and the authentic provision of wisdom (jñānasambhāra, ye shes kyi tshogs) constitutes the fruition of the entire path according to the Great Vehicle, resulting in the maturation of the buddha body of form and the buddha body of reality, respectively.
g.900
Puṇyaprasava
Wylie: bsod nams ’phel
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས་འཕེལ།
Sanskrit: puṇyaprasava
Literally meaning “Increasing Merit,” the more usual name for what is, in the Prajñāpāramitā literature, the fifteenth of the sixteen levels of the god realm of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, and in this text and in the Hundred Thousand is instead rendered Apramāṇabṛhat (q.v.). Puṇyaprasava is used in the later Sanskrit manuscripts that correspond more closely to the eight-chapter Tengyur version of this text. In other genres, it is the eleventh of twelve levels corresponding to the four meditative concentrations.
g.901
Pure Abodes
Wylie: gnas gtsang ma’i ris, gtsang ma’i gnas, gnas gtsang ma, gnas gtsang ma
Tibetan: གནས་གཙང་མའི་རིས།, གཙང་མའི་གནས།, གནས་གཙང་མ།, གནས་གཙང་མ།
Sanskrit: śuddhanivāsa
The god realms of the five Pure Abodes at the pinnacle of the realm of form, extending from Avṛha, through Atapa, Sudṛśa, and Sudarśana to Akaniṣṭha. See 2.66 and similar passages.
g.902
pure appearance
Wylie: snang ba gsal ba
Tibetan: སྣང་བ་གསལ་བ།
Sanskrit: śuddhapratibhāsa
The 52nd meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.903
pure sanctuary
Wylie: dag pa dam pa
Tibetan: དག་པ་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: śuddhāvāsa
The 39th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.904
purification of defining characteristics
Wylie: mtshan nyid yongs su sbyong ba
Tibetan: མཚན་ཉིད་ཡོངས་སུ་སྦྱོང་བ།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇapariśodhana
The 96th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.905
purity of ethical discipline
Wylie: tshul khrims yongs su dag pa
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: śīlaviśuddhi
First of the eight attributes of the second level.
g.906
purity of the three spheres
Wylie: ’khor gsum yongs su dag pa
Tibetan: འཁོར་གསུམ་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: trimaṇḍalapariśuddha
A meditative stability.
g.907
Pūrṇa
Wylie: gang po
Tibetan: གང་པོ།
Sanskrit: pūrṇa
See “Pūrṇa Maitrāyaṇīputra.”
g.908
Pūrṇa Maitrāyaṇīputra
Wylie: byams ma’i bu gang po
Tibetan: བྱམས་མའི་བུ་གང་པོ།
Sanskrit: pūrṇa maitrāyaṇīputra
Name of an elder and senior disciple of the Buddha Śākyamuni, a brahmin from Kapilavastu who went forth and became an arhat under the guidance from his uncle Kauṇḍinya. For more detail, including his role in this text, see i.91. He was declared by the Buddha to be “foremost in teaching the doctrine.” This Pūrṇa (as he was also known for short) is identified by the name of his mother (Maitrāyaṇī) and should be thus distinguished from several other disciples also called Pūrṇa.
g.909
purposeful activity
Wylie: don spyad pa, don du spyod pa
Tibetan: དོན་སྤྱད་པ།, དོན་དུ་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: arthacaryā
Third of the four attractive qualities of a bodhisattva.
g.910
pursuing of all essentials
Wylie: snying po thams cad kyi rjes su song ba
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་སོང་བ།
Sanskrit: sarvasārānugato
The thirty-ninth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.911
pursuit of the stream
Wylie: rgyun gyi rjes su song ba
Tibetan: རྒྱུན་གྱི་རྗེས་སུ་སོང་བ།
Sanskrit: śroto’nugata
The 27th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.912
Pūrvavideha
Wylie: lus ’phags
Tibetan: ལུས་འཕགས།
Sanskrit: pūrvavideha
The eastern continent of the human world according to traditional Indian cosmology, characterized as “sublime in physique.”
g.913
Puṣpacitra
Wylie: me tog mdzes pa
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit: puṣpacitra
Name of one of four gardens in the residence of the bodhisattva great being Dharmodgata, in the city of Gandhavatī.
g.914
Puṣpākara
Wylie: me tog gi ’byung gnas
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་གི་འབྱུང་གནས།
Sanskrit: puṣpākara
Name of an eon.
g.915
quotations
Wylie: ’di ltar ’das pa
Tibetan: འདི་ལྟར་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit: itivṛttaka
Seventh of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.916
Rāhula
Wylie: rA hu la
Tibetan: རཱ་ཧུ་ལ།
Sanskrit: rāhula
The Buddha’s son and disciple.
g.917
Rājagṛha
Wylie: rgyal po’i khab
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཁབ།
Sanskrit: rājagṛha
The ancient capital of Magadha prior to its relocation to Pāṭaliputra during the Mauryan dynasty, Rājagṛha is one of the most important locations in Buddhist history. The literature tells us that the Buddha and his saṅgha spent a considerable amount of time in residence in and around Rājagṛha—in nearby places, such as the Vulture Peak Mountain (Gṛdhrakūṭaparvata), a major site of the Mahāyāna sūtras, and the Bamboo Grove (Veṇuvana)—enjoying the patronage of King Bimbisāra and then of his son King Ajātaśatru. Rājagṛha is also remembered as the location where the first Buddhist monastic council was held after the Buddha Śākyamuni passed into parinirvāṇa. Now known as Rajgir and located in the modern Indian state of Bihar.
g.918
Ratnadatta
Wylie: rin chen byin
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: ratnadatta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.919
Ratnagarbha
Wylie: rin chen snying po
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: ratnagarbha
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.920
Ratnākara
Wylie: rin chen ’byung gnas
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་འབྱུང་གནས།
Sanskrit: ratnākara
Name of a buddha in the eastern direction, residing in the world system called Ratnavatī.
g.921
Ratnākara
Wylie: rin chen ’byung gnas
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་འབྱུང་གནས།
Sanskrit: ratnākara
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.922
Ratnaketu
Wylie: rin chen dpal
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: ratnaketu
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.923
Ratnamudrāhasta
Wylie: lag na rin chen phyag rgya
Tibetan: ལག་ན་རིན་ཆེན་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: ratnamudrāhasta
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.924
Ratnārcis
Wylie: rin chen ’od ’phro
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་འོད་འཕྲོ།
Sanskrit: ratnārcis
Name of a buddha in the western direction, residing in the world system called Upaśāntā.
g.925
Ratnavatī
Wylie: rin chen yod pa
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: ratnavatī
Name of a world system in the eastern direction, where the buddha Ratnākara teaches the perfection of wisdom to bodhisattva great beings.
g.926
Ratnottama
Wylie: rin chen mchog
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་མཆོག
Sanskrit: ratnottama
Name of a bodhisattva from a distant world system in the northwestern direction called Vaśībhūtā, who comes to this world to pay homage to the Buddha.
g.927
rattan
Wylie: sba
Tibetan: སྦ།
Sanskrit: vetra
Calamus ratang.
g.928
real nature
Wylie: de bzhin nyid
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: tathatā
Lit. “thusness” or “suchness.” The ultimate nature of things, or the way things are beyond all concepts and duality, as opposed to the way they appear to unawakened beings.
g.929
reality
Wylie: chos nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: dharmatā
The real nature, true quality, or condition of things. Throughout Buddhist discourse this term is used in two distinct ways. In one, it designates the relative nature that is either the essential characteristic of a specific phenomenon, such as the heat of fire and the moisture of water, or the defining feature of a specific term or category. The other very important and widespread way it is used is to designate the ultimate nature of all phenomena, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms and is often synonymous with emptiness or the absence of intrinsic existence.Also rendered here as “nature of reality.”
g.930
realm of desire
Wylie: ’dod pa’i khams
Tibetan: འདོད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: kāmadhātu
Includes the hell beings; pretas; animals; humans; asuras; and different levels of god realms, for which see “god.”
g.931
realm of form
Wylie: gzugs kyi khams
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: rūpadhātu
One of the three realms of saṃsāra in Buddhist cosmology, it is characterized by subtle materiality. Here beings, though subtly embodied, are not driven primarily by the urge for sense gratification. It consists of seventeen heavens structured according to the four concentrations of the form realm (rūpāvacaradhyāna), the highest five of which are collectively called “pure abodes” (śuddhāvāsa). The form realm is located above the desire realm (kāmadhātu) and below the formless realm (ārūpyadhātu).
g.932
realm of formlessness
Wylie: gzugs med pa’i khams
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: ārūpyadhatu
The highest and subtlest of the three realms of saṃsāra in Buddhist cosmology. Here beings are no longer bound by materiality and enjoy a purely mental state of absorption. It is divided in four levels according to each of the four formless concentrations (ārūpyāvacaradhyāna), namely, the Sphere of Infinite Space (ākāśānantyāyatana), the Sphere of Infinite Consciousness (vijñānānantyāyatana), the Sphere of Nothingness (akiñcanyāyatana), and the Sphere of Neither Perception nor Non-perception (naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatana). The formless realm is located above the other two realms of saṃsāra, the form realm (rūpadhātu) and the desire realm (kāmadhātu).
g.933
realm of phenomena
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: dharmadhātu
Interpreted variously—given the many connotations of both dharma and dhātu—as the realm, element, or nature, of phenomena, reality, or truth, but generally taken to denote the entirety of phenomena and particularly their nature as a synonym of other terms designating the ultimate. In Tibetan, instances of the Sanskrit dharmadhātu with this range of meanings (rendered chos kyi dbyings) are distinguished from instances of the same Sanskrit term with its rather different meaning related to mental perception in the context of the twelve sense sources and eighteen elements (rendered chos kyi khams).
g.934
rebirth process
Wylie: srid pa
Tibetan: སྲིད་པ།
Sanskrit: bhava
Tenth of the twelve links of dependent origination; third of the four torrents. Also translated here as “phenomenal existence.”
g.935
receiving the seal
Wylie: phyag rgya yongs su ’dzin pa
Tibetan: ཕྱག་རྒྱ་ཡོངས་སུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: dhāraṇīmudrā
The 20th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8. The Sanskrit from Dutt would suggest, rather, “Dhāraṇī seal,” as in the Ten Thousand (gzungs kyi phyag rgya).
g.936
recollection of breathing
Wylie: dbugs phyi nang du rgyu ba rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: དབུགས་ཕྱི་ནང་དུ་རྒྱུ་བ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: praśvāsānusmṛti
Eighth of the ten recollections.
g.937
recollection of death
Wylie: ’chi ba rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: འཆི་བ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: mṛtyanusmṛti
Ninth of the ten recollections.
g.938
recollection of disillusionment
Wylie: skyo ba rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: སྐྱོ་བ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: udvegānusmṛti
Seventh of the ten recollections. In some texts (see n.114) this item of the ten is replaced by the recollection of quiescence (vyupaśamānusmṛti, nye bar zhi ba rjes su dran pa).
g.939
recollection of ethical discipline
Wylie: tshul khrims rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: śīlānusmṛti
Fourth of the ten recollections.
g.940
recollection of giving away
Wylie: gtong ba rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: གཏོང་བ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: tyāgānusmṛti
Fifth of the ten recollections.
g.941
recollection of the body
Wylie: lus kyi rnam pa rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: kāyagatānusmṛti
Tenth of the ten recollections.
g.942
recollection of the Buddha
Wylie: sangs rgyas rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: buddhānusmṛti
First of the ten recollections.
g.943
recollection of the Dharma
Wylie: chos rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmānusmṛti
Second of the ten recollections.
g.944
recollection of the god realms
Wylie: lha rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: ལྷ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: devānusmṛti
Sixth of the ten recollections.
g.945
recollection of the Saṅgha
Wylie: dge ’dun rjes su dran pa
Tibetan: དགེ་འདུན་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit: saṅghānusmṛti
Third of the ten recollections.
g.946
relative truth
Wylie: kun rdzob kyi bden pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་རྫོབ་ཀྱི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃvṛtisatya
This denotes the empirical aspect of reality as conventionally experienced through our perceptions, which, in contrast to ultimate reality or emptiness, is considered true only within the relative framework of our own experiences.
g.947
renunciation of delight
Wylie: dga’ ba spong ba
Tibetan: དགའ་བ་སྤོང་བ།
Sanskrit: ratijaha
The 63rd meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.948
repudiation of mental afflictions
Wylie: nyon mongs pa spong ba
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས་པ་སྤོང་བ།
Sanskrit: raṇaṃjaha
The 30th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.949
resembling Mount Sumeru
Wylie: ri rab lta bu
Tibetan: རི་རབ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: merukalpo
The forty-sixth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.950
respect for and veneration of the spiritual teacher by means of faith
Wylie: bla ma la bsnyen bkur zhing dad pas gus par bya ba
Tibetan: བླ་མ་ལ་བསྙེན་བཀུར་ཞིང་དད་པས་གུས་པར་བྱ་བ།
Sanskrit: guruśraddhāguruśuśrūṣā
Seventh of the eight attributes of the second level.
g.951
restoration and purification of vows
Wylie: gso sbyin
Tibetan: གསོ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit: poṣadha
Also rendered as “poṣadha.”
g.952
Revata
Wylie: re ba ta
Tibetan: རེ་བ་ཏ།
Sanskrit: revata
A disciple of the Buddha.
g.953
roaming
Wylie: gnas med par spyod pa
Tibetan: གནས་མེད་པར་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: aniketacārī
The 73rd meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.954
roaring of the lion
Wylie: seng ge’i sgra sgrogs pa
Tibetan: སེང་གེའི་སྒྲ་སྒྲོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: siṃhābhigarjito
The thirty-third of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.955
round abdomen
Wylie: phyal zlum pa
Tibetan: ཕྱལ་ཟླུམ་པ།
Sanskrit: vṛttakukṣi
Thirty-fourth of the eighty minor marks.
g.956
round fingers and toes
Wylie: sor mo zlum pa
Tibetan: སོར་མོ་ཟླུམ་པ།
Sanskrit: vṛttāṅguli
Fourth of the eighty minor marks.
g.957
Sadāprarudita
Wylie: rtag par rab tu ngu ba
Tibetan: རྟག་པར་རབ་ཏུ་ངུ་བ།
Sanskrit: sadāprarudita
Sadāprarudita (literally, “He Who Was Always Weeping”) is the bodhisattva whose exemplary search for the Perfection of Wisdom and devotion to his teacher Dharmodgata are narrated in the final chapters (73–76) of this text.
g.958
Śakra
Wylie: brgya byin
Tibetan: བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: śakra
The epithet for the Vedic god Indra used most commonly in Buddhist literature. Śakra is chief of the gods of the Trāyastrimśa realm, and appears frequently during the life of the Buddha in a supportive role. For more detail, particularly on his role in this text, see i.93. He is addressed by the Buddha and other interlocutors by his personal name, Kauśika (q.v.). The Tibetan translation brgya byin (meaning “one hundred sacrifices”) follows the traditional Sanskrit semantic gloss that Śakra is an abbreviation of Śata-kratu, “one who has performed a hundred sacrifices.” Each world with a central Sumeru has a Śakra.
g.959
Śākya
Wylie: shAkya
Tibetan: ཤཱཀྱ།
Sanskrit: śākya
Name of the ancient tribe in which the Buddha was born as a prince; their kingdom was based to the east of Kośala, in the foothills near the present-day border of India and Nepal, with Kapilavastu as its capital.
g.960
Śākyamuni
Wylie: shAkya thub pa
Tibetan: ཤཱཀྱ་ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: śākyamuni
An epithet for the historical Buddha, Siddhārtha Gautama: he was a muni (“sage”) from the Śākya clan. He is counted as the fourth of the first four buddhas of the present Good Eon, the other three being Krakucchanda, Kanakamuni, and Kāśyapa. He will be followed by Maitreya, the next buddha in this eon.
g.961
Samādhihastyuttaraśrī
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi glang po dam pa’i dpal
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་གླང་པོ་དམ་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: samādhihastyuttaraśrī
Name of a buddha in the northeastern intermediate direction, residing in the world system called Samādhyalaṅkṛta.
g.962
Samādhyalaṅkṛta
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyis brgyan pa
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱིས་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: samādhyalaṅkṛta
Name of a world system in the northeastern direction, where the buddha Samādhihastyuttaraśrī teaches the perfection of wisdom to bodhisattva great beings.
g.963
Samantakusuma
Wylie: me tog kun nas rgyas pa
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་ཀུན་ནས་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: samantakusuma
Name of a buddha.
g.964
Samantaraśmi
Wylie: ’od zer kun nas ’byung ba
Tibetan: འོད་ཟེར་ཀུན་ནས་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: samantaraśmi
Name of a bodhisattva from a distant world system in the eastern direction called Ratnavatī, who comes to this world to pay homage to the Buddha.
g.965
sameness of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad mnyam pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མཉམ་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmasamatā
The 62nd meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.966
sameness of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad mnyam pa nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མཉམ་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmasamatā
As well as its more general meaning, this is the name of the sixty-second meditative stability, and the first of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.967
sameness of meditative stability
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin mnyam pa nyid
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་མཉམ་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: samādhisamatā
The 111th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.968
(sameness of the) irreducibility of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad rnam par ’jig pa mnyam pa nyid, chos thams cad rnam par ’jig
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་འཇིག་པ་མཉམ་པ་ཉིད།, ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་འཇིག
Sanskrit: sarvadharmāvibhāvanāsamatā
The twentieth of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and the twenty-second of the meditative stabilities realized by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75. The Sanskrit term vibhāvana has a complex range of meanings and the English rendering here is a tentative attempt to reconcile the Sanskrit and Tibetan. See also breaking down of the cultivation.
g.969
Saṃtuṣita
Wylie: rab dga’ ldan
Tibetan: རབ་དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit: saṃtuṣita
Name of a god.
g.970
Śarabha Aiṇeya
Wylie: ri dags e ne ya
Tibetan: རི་དགས་ཨེ་ནེ་ཡ།
Sanskrit: śarabha aiṇeya
Śarabha Aiṇeya, the king of ungulates, is a mythical creature, alternatively represented as a spotted antelope (kṛṣṇasāra) or as an eight-legged antelope (bse kha sgo).
g.971
Śāradvatīputra
Wylie: sha ra dwa ti’i bu
Tibetan: ཤ་ར་དྭ་ཏིའི་བུ།
Sanskrit: śāradvatīputra
Name of an elder and senior disciple of Buddha Śākyamuni, sometimes contracted as Śāriputra. For more details, including his role in this text, see i.77. Of the principal śrāvaka arhats, he was declared by the Buddha as “foremost of those with great wisdom.”One of the principal śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha, he was renowned for his discipline and for having been praised by the Buddha as foremost of the wise (often paired with Maudgalyāyana, who was praised as foremost in the capacity for miraculous powers). His father, Tiṣya, to honor Śāriputra’s mother, Śārikā, named him Śāradvatīputra, or, in its contracted form, Śāriputra, meaning “Śārikā’s Son.”
g.972
Śāriputra
Wylie: shA ri’i bu
Tibetan: ཤཱ་རིའི་བུ།
Sanskrit: śāriputra
See “Śāradvatīputra.”
g.973
Sārthavāha
Wylie: ded dpon
Tibetan: དེད་དཔོན།
Sanskrit: sārthavāha
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.974
Sarvaśokāpagata
Wylie: mya ngan med pa
Tibetan: མྱ་ངན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvaśokāpagata
Name of a world system in the southern direction, where the buddha Aśokaśrī teaches the perfection of wisdom to bodhisattva great beings.
g.975
sayings in prose and verse
Wylie: dbyangs bsnyad, dbyangs kyis bsnyad pa
Tibetan: དབྱངས་བསྙད།, དབྱངས་ཀྱིས་བསྙད་པ།
Sanskrit: geya
Second of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.976
scattering of flowers
Wylie: me tog mngon par ’thor ba
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་མངོན་པར་འཐོར་བ།
Sanskrit: kusumābhikīrṇo
The tenth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.977
seal of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi phyag rgya
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmamudrā
The 7th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.978
seal of entry into all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad la ’jug pa’i phyag rgya
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་འཇུག་པའི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmapraveśamudrā
The 12th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.979
seal of the Dharma
Wylie: chos dam pa’i phyag rgya
Tibetan: ཆོས་དམ་པའི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: varadharmamudrā
The 61st meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.980
seal of the gateway of all dhāraṇīs
Wylie: gzungs kyi sgo thams cad kyi phyag rgya
Tibetan: གཟུངས་ཀྱི་སྒོ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: sarvadhāraṇīmukhamudrā
A meditative stability.
g.981
seal of the king
Wylie: rgyal po’i phyag rgya
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: rājamudrā
A meditative stability.
g.982
sealing of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi phyag rgyar gyur pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཕྱག་རྒྱར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmamudrāgata
A meditative stability.
g.983
sealing of Avalokita
Wylie: spyan ras gzigs kyi phyag rgya
Tibetan: སྤྱན་རས་གཟིགས་ཀྱི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ།
Sanskrit: avalokitamudrāgata
A meditative stability.
g.984
seat of enlightenment
Wylie: snying po byang chub
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit: bodhimaṇḍa
The place where the Buddha Śākyamuni achieved awakening and where every buddha will manifest the attainment of buddhahood. In our world this is understood to be located under the Bodhi tree, the Vajrāsana, in present-day Bodhgaya, India. It can also refer to the state of awakening itself.
g.985
sensation
Wylie: tshor ba
Tibetan: ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit: vedanā
Seventh of the twelve links of dependent origination. Also translated here as “feelings.”
g.986
sense field
Wylie: skye mched
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: āyatana
The subjective and objective poles of sense perception. The fifth of the twelve links of dependent origination.
g.987
sense field of mastery
Wylie: zil gyis gnon pa’i skye mched
Tibetan: ཟིལ་གྱིས་གནོན་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: abhibhvāyatana
See “eight sense fields of mastery”; also 62.57 and n.533.
g.988
sense field of mental phenomena
Wylie: chos kyi skye mched
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: dharmāyatana
Twelfth of the twelve sense fields.
g.989
sense field of odors
Wylie: dri’i skye mched
Tibetan: དྲིའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: gandhāyatana
Ninth of the twelve sense fields.
g.990
sense field of sights
Wylie: gzugs kyi skye mched
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཀྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: rūpāyatana
Seventh of the twelve sense fields.
g.991
sense field of sounds
Wylie: sgra’i skye mched
Tibetan: སྒྲའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: śabdāyatana
Eighth of the twelve sense fields.
g.992
sense field of tastes
Wylie: ro’i skye mched
Tibetan: རོའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: rasāyatana
Tenth of the twelve sense fields.
g.993
sense field of the body
Wylie: lus kyi skye mched
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: kāyāyatana
Fifth of the twelve sense fields.
g.994
sense field of the ears
Wylie: rna ba’i skye mched
Tibetan: རྣ་བའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: śrotrāyatana
Second of the twelve sense fields.
g.995
sense field of the eyes
Wylie: mig gi skye mched
Tibetan: མིག་གི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: cakṣurāyatana
First of the twelve sense fields.
g.996
sense field of the mental faculty
Wylie: yid kyi skye mched
Tibetan: ཡིད་ཀྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: mana āyatana
Sixth of the twelve sense fields.
g.997
sense field of the nose
Wylie: sna’i skye mched
Tibetan: སྣའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: ghrāṇāyatana
Third of the twelve sense fields.
g.998
sense field of the tongue
Wylie: lce’i skye mched
Tibetan: ལྕེའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: jihvāyatana
Fourth of the twelve sense fields.
g.999
sense field of touch
Wylie: reg bya’i skye mched
Tibetan: རེག་བྱའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: spraṣṭavyāyatana
Eleventh of the twelve sense fields.
g.1000
sense fields of complete suffusion
Wylie: mtha’ dag gi skye mched, chub pa’i skye mched, zad par gyi skye mched
Tibetan: མཐའ་དག་གི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།, ཆུབ་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།, ཟད་པར་གྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: kṛtsnāyatana
See “ten sense fields of complete suffusion.”
g.1001
sense of moral and ascetic supremacy
Wylie: tshul khrims dang brtul zhugs mchog tu ’dzin pa
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་དང་བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་མཆོག་ཏུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: śīlavrataparāmarśa
Third of the three fetters; also fourth of the five fetters associated with the lower realms.
g.1002
sense organs of hearing that are undiminished
Wylie: snyan gyi dbang po ma nyams pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སྙན་གྱི་དབང་པོ་མ་ཉམས་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: anupahatakarṇendriya
Seventieth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1003
sensory contact
Wylie: reg pa
Tibetan: རེག་པ།
Sanskrit: sparśa
Sixth of the twelve links of dependent origination.
g.1004
sensory element
Wylie: khams
Tibetan: ཁམས།
Sanskrit: dhātu
In the context of Buddhist philosophy, one way to describe experience in terms of eighteen elements (eye, form, and eye consciousness; ear, sound, and ear consciousness; nose, smell, and nose consciousness; tongue, taste, and tongue consciousness; body, touch, and body consciousness; and mind, mental phenomena, and mind consciousness).This also refers to the elements of the world, which can be enumerated as four, five, or six. The four elements are earth, water, fire, and air. A fifth, space, is often added, and the sixth is consciousness.See “eighteen sensory elements.”
g.1005
sensory element of auditory consciousness
Wylie: rna ba’i rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: རྣ་བའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: śrotravijñānadhātu
Sixth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1006
sensory element of gustatory consciousness
Wylie: lce’i rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: ལྕེའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: jihvavijñānadhātu
Twelfth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1007
sensory element of mental consciousness
Wylie: yid kyi rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: ཡིད་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: manovijñānadhātu
Eighteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1008
sensory element of mental phenomena
Wylie: chos kyi khams
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: dharmadhātu
Seventeenth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1009
sensory element of odors
Wylie: dri’i khams
Tibetan: དྲིའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: gandhadhātu
Eighth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1010
sensory element of olfactory consciousness
Wylie: sna’i rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: སྣའི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: ghrāṇavijñānadhātu
Ninth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1011
sensory element of sights
Wylie: gzugs kyi khams
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: rūpadhātu
Second of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1012
sensory element of sounds
Wylie: sgra’i khams
Tibetan: སྒྲའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: śabdadhātu
Fifth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1013
sensory element of tactile consciousness
Wylie: lus kyi rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: kāyavijñānadhātu
Fifteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1014
sensory element of tastes
Wylie: ro’i khams
Tibetan: རོའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: rasadhātu
Eleventh of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1015
sensory element of the body
Wylie: lus kyi khams
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: kāyadhātu
Thirteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1016
sensory element of the ears
Wylie: rna ba’i khams
Tibetan: རྣ་བའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: śrotradhātu
Fourth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1017
sensory element of the eyes
Wylie: mig gi khams
Tibetan: མིག་གི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: cakṣurdhātu
First of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1018
sensory element of the mental faculty
Wylie: yid kyi khams
Tibetan: ཡིད་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: manodhātu
Sixteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1019
sensory element of the nose
Wylie: sna’i khams
Tibetan: སྣའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: ghrāṇdhātu
Seventh of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1020
sensory element of the tongue
Wylie: lce’i khams
Tibetan: ལྕེའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: jihvadhātu
Tenth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1021
sensory element of touch
Wylie: reg bya’i khams
Tibetan: རེག་བྱའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: spraṣṭavyadhātu
Fourteenth of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1022
sensory element of visual consciousness
Wylie: mig gi rnam par shes pa’i khams
Tibetan: མིག་གི་རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: cakṣurvijñānadhātu
Third of the eighteen sensory elements.
g.1023
separating all phenomena from darkness
Wylie: chos thams cad mun pa dang bral ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མུན་པ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmatamopagato
The seventh of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.1024
serial clear realization
Wylie: mthar gyis pa’i mngon rtogs
Tibetan: མཐར་གྱིས་པའི་མངོན་རྟོགས།
Sanskrit: ānupūrvābhisamaya
Sixth of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.
g.1025
serial steps of meditative absorption
Wylie: mthar gyis gnas pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan: མཐར་གྱིས་གནས་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: anupūrvavihārasamāpatti
See “nine serial levels of meditative absorption.”
g.1026
setting of the mind on enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub sems bskyed pa, sems bskyed pa
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་བསྐྱེད་པ།, སེམས་བསྐྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: bodhicittotpāda, cittotpāda
The setting of the mind on enlightenment for the sake of all beings, which marks the onset of the bodhisattva path and culminates in the actual attainment of buddhahood, distinguishes the bodhisattva path from that of the śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas, who are both preoccupied with their own emancipation from cyclic existence.
g.1027
seven aspects of spiritual wealth
Wylie: nor bdun
Tibetan: ནོར་བདུན།
Sanskrit: saptadhana
These are enumerated in the Śatasāhasrikāprajñāpāramitābṛhaṭṭīkā, Toh 3807 (Degé Tengyur vol. 91, F.40.b), as (1) faith (dad pa), (2) ethical discipline (tshul khrims), (3) study (thos pa), (4) liberality (gtong ba), (5) wisdom (shes rab), (6) conscience (hrī, ngo tsha shes pa), and (7) shame (apatrāpya, khrel yod).
g.1028
seven branches of enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub kyi yan lag bdun
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་བདུན།
Sanskrit: saptabodhyaṅga
These, as listed in 9.24, are (1) the branch of enlightenment that is correct recollection, (2) the branch of enlightenment that is correct doctrinal analysis, (3) the branch of enlightenment that is correct perseverance, (4) the branch of enlightenment that is correct delight, (5) the branch of enlightenment that is correct mental and physical refinement, (6) the branch of enlightenment that is correct meditative stability, and (7) the branch of enlightenment that is correct equanimity .
g.1029
seven emptinesses
Wylie: stong pa nyid bdun po
Tibetan: སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་བདུན་པོ།
The emptiness of each of seven groupings of dharmas; see n.134.
g.1030
seven precious materials
Wylie: rin po che sna bdun
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་སྣ་བདུན།
Sanskrit: saptaratna
The set of seven precious materials or substances includes a range of precious metals and gems, but their exact list varies. The set often consists of gold, silver, beryl, crystal, red pearls, emeralds, and white coral, but may also contain lapis lazuli, ruby, sapphire, chrysoberyl, diamonds, etc. The term is frequently used in the sūtras to exemplify preciousness, wealth, and beauty, and can describe treasures, offering materials, or the features of architectural structures such as stūpas, palaces, thrones, etc. The set is also used to describe the beauty and prosperity of buddha realms and the realms of the gods.In other contexts, the term saptaratna can also refer to the seven precious possessions of a cakravartin or to a set of seven precious moral qualities.
g.1031
seven prominent parts
Wylie: bdun shin du mtho ba
Tibetan: བདུན་ཤིན་དུ་མཐོ་བ།
Sanskrit: saptocchrayatā
Fifth of the thirty-two major marks, including the backs of the legs, backs of the arms, shoulders, and neck.
g.1032
severance of doubt
Wylie: the tshom gcod pa
Tibetan: ཐེ་ཚོམ་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit: kāṅkṣocchedano
The thirty-eighth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.1033
sexual misconduct
Wylie: ’dod pas log par g.yem pa
Tibetan: འདོད་པས་ལོག་པར་གཡེམ་པ།
Sanskrit: kāmamithyācāra
Third of the ten nonvirtuous actions.
g.1034
shiny eyebrows
Wylie: smin ma snum pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སྨིན་མ་སྣུམ་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: snigdhabhrū
Sixty-seventh of the eighty minor marks.
g.1035
shoulder ornament of the victory banner’s crest
Wylie: rgyal mtshan rtse mo’i dpung rgyan
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་མཚན་རྩེ་མོའི་དཔུང་རྒྱན།
Sanskrit: dhvajāgraketu[rāja], dhvajāgrakeyūra
The 25th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8; also mentioned in other chapters.
g.1036
sight of the tathāgatas
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa mthong ba
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit: tathāgatadarśano
The fifty-first of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.1037
signlessness
Wylie: mtshan ma med pa
Tibetan: མཚན་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: animitta
The ultimate absence of marks and signs in perceived objects. One of the three gateways to liberation; the other two are emptiness and wishlessness.
g.1038
signlessness as a gateway to liberation
Wylie: rnam par thar pa’i sgo mtshan ma med pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་སྒོ་མཚན་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: animittavimokṣamukha
Second of the three gateways to liberation.
g.1039
Śikhin
Wylie: gtsug phud
Tibetan: གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit: śikhin
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1040
single array
Wylie: gcig tu rnam par bkod pa
Tibetan: གཅིག་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་བཀོད་པ།
Sanskrit: ekavyūha
The 88th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1041
sit under trees
Wylie: shing drung pa
Tibetan: ཤིང་དྲུང་པ།
Sanskrit: vṛkṣamūlika
Ninth of the twelve ascetic practices.
g.1042
six extrasensory powers
Wylie: mngon par shes pa drug
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaḍabhijñā
See “extrasensory powers.”
g.1043
six inner sense fields
Wylie: nang gi skye mched drug
Tibetan: ནང་གི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaḍādhyātmikāyatana
The six inner sense fields comprise (1) the sense field of the eyes, (2) the sense field of the ears, (3) the sense field of the nose, (4) the sense field of the tongue, (5) the sense field of the body, and (6) the sense field of the mental faculty. These are included in the twelve sense fields.
g.1044
six outer sense fields
Wylie: phyi’i skye mched drug
Tibetan: ཕྱིའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaḍbāhyāyatana
The six outer sense fields comprise (1) the sense field of sights, (2) the sense field of sounds, (3) the sense field of odors, (4) the sense field of tastes, (5) the sense field of touch, and (6) the sense field of mental phenomena. These are included in the twelve sense fields.
g.1045
six perfections
Wylie: pha rol tu phyin pa drug
Tibetan: ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaṭpāramitā
The practice of the six perfections, comprising generosity, ethical discipline, tolerance, perseverance, meditative concentration, and wisdom or discriminative awareness, is the foundation of the entire bodhisattva’s way of life. These six are known as “perfections” when they are motivated by an altruistic intention to attain full enlightenment for the sake of all beings, when they are undertaken within a sixfold combination of all the perfections, and when they are performed with an awareness of the emptiness of the agent, the object, and their interaction. Some of the more detailed discussions of different aspects of the six perfections in this text include 13.77-13.93, 17.31-17.40, 23.35-23.39, 25.5-25.7, 42.17-42.48, 51.14-52.60, and 65.35-65.59.
g.1046
six recollections
Wylie: rjes su dran pa drug
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaḍanusmṛti
The six recollections are enumerated in this sūtra at 59.24 and discussed in the passage that follows. They are listed in the Abhisamayālaṅkāra as part of the sixth aspect, viz. the seventh to the twelfth of thirteen serial trainings. They are recollection of (1) the spiritual teacher, (2) the Buddha, (3) the Dharma, (4) the Saṅgha, (5) ethical discipline, and (6) giving away. All but the first are also included in the ten recollections (q.v.).
g.1047
six sense fields
Wylie: skye mched drug
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་མཆེད་དྲུག
Sanskrit: ṣaḍāyatana
Fifth of the twelve links of dependent origination.
g.1048
sixty-four crafts
Wylie: sgyu rtsal drug cu rtsa bzhi
Tibetan: སྒྱུ་རྩལ་དྲུག་ཅུ་རྩ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥṣaṣṭikalā
The sixty-four crafts, as enumerated in the Mahāvyutpatti, comprise the thirty designated arts, the eighteen requisites of musical performance, the seven harmonious tones of the musical scale, and the nine dramatic moods. See also n.471.
g.1049
sixty-two mistaken views
Wylie: lta ba’i rnam pa drug cu rtsa gnyis
Tibetan: ལྟ་བའི་རྣམ་པ་དྲུག་ཅུ་རྩ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: dvāṣaṣṭidṛṣṛṭikṛtāni
The sixty-two false views, as enumerated in the Sūtra of the Net of Brahmā (Bodhi (1978)), comprise eighteen speculations concerning the past, based on theories of eternalism, partial eternalism, extensionism, endless equivocation, and fortuitous origination, as well as forty-four speculations concerning the future, based on percipient immortality, nonpercipient immortality, neither percipient nor nonpercipient immortality, annihilationism, and the immediate attainment of nirvāṇa in the present life. See also Dorje 2012: pp. 502–3.
g.1050
skillful means
Wylie: thabs
Tibetan: ཐབས།
Sanskrit: upāya
The concept of skillful means is central to the understanding of the Buddha’s enlightened deeds and the many scriptures that are revealed contingent to the needs, interests, and mental dispositions of specific types of individuals. According to the Great Vehicle, training in skillful means collectively denotes the first five of the six perfections when integrated with wisdom, the sixth perfection, to form a union of discriminative awareness and means.
g.1051
skin of extremely delicate complexion
Wylie: mdog shin tu ’jam pa
Tibetan: མདོག་ཤིན་ཏུ་འཇམ་པ།
Sanskrit: ślakṣṇamṛdusnehacchavitā
Fifteenth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.1052
sky-like
Wylie: nam mkha’ lta bu
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: gaganākalpa
The thirteenth of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.1053
slander
Wylie: phra ma
Tibetan: ཕྲ་མ།
Sanskrit: paiśunya
Fifth of the ten nonvirtuous actions.
g.1054
smooth hair
Wylie: dbu skra mi rtsub pa
Tibetan: དབུ་སྐྲ་མི་རྩུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: aparuṣakeśa
Seventy-eighth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1055
soft eyebrows
Wylie: smin ma ’jam pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སྨིན་མ་འཇམ་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: ślakṣṇabhrū
Sixty-fifth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1056
soft hair
Wylie: dbu skra ’jam pa
Tibetan: དབུ་སྐྲ་འཇམ་པ།
Sanskrit: ślakṣṇakeśa
Seventy-sixth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1057
Śokavigata
Wylie: mya ngan dang bral ba
Tibetan: མྱ་ངན་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: śokavigata
Name of one of four gardens in the residence of the bodhisattva great being Dharmodgata, in the city of Gandhavatī.
g.1058
something that is a designation
Wylie: btags pa’i chos
Tibetan: བཏགས་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: dharmaprajñapti
See n.153 and also “designation for something.”
g.1059
space-like
Wylie: nam mkha’ lta bu
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: gaganakalpo
The twenty-sixth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.1060
speech that is pleasant, gentle, and comforting
Wylie: snyan cing ’jam pa dang nyams su bde ba’i gsung dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སྙན་ཅིང་འཇམ་པ་དང་ཉམས་སུ་བདེ་བའི་གསུང་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: madhuracārumañjusvara
Fifty-second of the eighty minor marks.
g.1061
sphere of infinite consciousness
Wylie: rnam shes mtha’ yas skye mched
Tibetan: རྣམ་ཤེས་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: vijñānānantyāyatana
The second formless meditative absorption and its resultant formless realm of existence.
g.1062
sphere of infinite space
Wylie: nam mkha’ mtha’ yas skye mched
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: ākāśānantyāyatana
The first formless meditative absorption and its resultant formless realm of existence.
g.1063
sphere of neither perception nor nonperception
Wylie: ’du shes med ’du shes med min skye mched
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་མིན་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatana
The fourth formless meditative absorption and its resultant formless realm of existence.
g.1064
sphere of nothing-at-all
Wylie: cung zad med pa’i skye mched
Tibetan: ཅུང་ཟད་མེད་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: akiñcanyāyatana
The third formless meditative absorption and its resultant formless realm of existence.
g.1065
spiritual family
Wylie: rigs
Tibetan: རིགས།
Sanskrit: gotra
Literally, the class, caste or lineage. In this context, it is the basic disposition or propensity of an individual that determines which kind of vehicle (śrāvaka, pratyekabuddha, or bodhisattva) they will follow and therefore which kind of awakening they will obtain.
g.1066
spiritual mentor
Wylie: dge ba’i bshes gnyen
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit: kalyāṇamitra
A spiritual teacher who can contribute to an individual’s progress on the spiritual path to enlightenment and act wholeheartedly for the welfare of students.
g.1067
śrāvaka
Wylie: nyan thos
Tibetan: ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit: śrāvaka
The Sanskrit term śrāvaka, and the Tibetan nyan thos, both derived from the verb “to hear,” are usually defined as “those who hear the teaching from the Buddha and make it heard to others.” Primarily this refers to those disciples of the Buddha who aspire to attain the state of an arhat seeking their own liberation and nirvāṇa. They are the practitioners of the first turning of the wheel of the Dharma on the four noble truths, who realize the suffering inherent in saṃsāra and focus on understanding that there is no independent self. By conquering afflicted mental states (kleśa), they liberate themselves, attaining first the stage of stream enterers at the path of seeing, followed by the stage of once-returners who will be reborn only one more time, and then the stage of non-returners who will no longer be reborn into the desire realm. The final goal is to become an arhat. These four stages are also known as the “four results of spiritual practice.”
g.1068
Śreṇika
Wylie: phreng ba can
Tibetan: ཕྲེང་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit: śreṇika
Name of a mendicant (parivrājaka), also called Śreṇika Vatsagotra (Pali Vacchagotra). His name is also rendered bzo sbyangs and sde can in Tibetan in other Prajñāpāramitā texts. See also n.169.
g.1069
śrīvatsa
Wylie: dpal gyi be’u
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་བེའུ།
Sanskrit: śrīvatsa
An auspicious design on the Buddha’s body, mentioned in this text at his heart (in the form of a curl of hair in that shape) as well as on his hands and feet (in the form of lines in the skin). It is often depicted in Tibetan Buddhist tradition as the “eternal knot” symbol, but takes different forms as a motif shared by other traditions of Indian origin. It is said, for example, to be an auspicious mark on Viṣṇu’s chest that represents the insignia of his consort Lakṣmī in the form of an inverted triangle or the shape of a four-petaled flower.
g.1070
stability of mind
Wylie: sems gnas pa
Tibetan: སེམས་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: cittasthita
The 57th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1071
stainless
Wylie: rdul dang rnam par bral ba
Tibetan: རྡུལ་དང་རྣམ་པར་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vigatarajo
The thirty-fifth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.1072
stay wherever they happen to be
Wylie: gzhi ji bzhin pa
Tibetan: གཞི་ཇི་བཞིན་པ།
Sanskrit: yathāsaṃstarika
Eleventh of the twelve ascetic practices.
g.1073
steady gait
Wylie: mi yo bar bzhud pa
Tibetan: མི་ཡོ་བར་བཞུད་པ།
Sanskrit: avakragāmin
Seventeenth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1074
stealing
Wylie: ma byin par len pa
Tibetan: མ་བྱིན་པར་ལེན་པ།
Sanskrit: adatādāna
Second of the ten nonvirtuous actions. Literally, “taking what is not given.” Also translated as “theft.”
g.1075
stūpa
Wylie: mchod rten
Tibetan: མཆོད་རྟེན།
Sanskrit: stūpa
A sacred object representative of buddha mind and the buddha body of reality, originally constructed to enshrine the mortal remains of the Buddha Śākyamuni. The symbolism of the stūpa is complex, and its design varies considerably throughout the Buddhist world.
g.1076
Śubha
Wylie: dge ba
Tibetan: དགེ་བ།
Sanskrit: śubha
Ninth of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Virtue.”
g.1077
Śubhakṛtsna
Wylie: dge rgyas
Tibetan: དགེ་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit: śubhakṛtsna
Twelfth of the sixteen god realms of form that correspond to the four meditative concentrations, meaning “Most Extensive Virtue.”
g.1078
Subhūti
Wylie: rab ’byor
Tibetan: རབ་འབྱོར།
Sanskrit: subhūti
Name of a śrāvaka elder from Śrāvastī, the younger brother of the wealthy patron Anāthapiṇḍada and one of the principal interlocutors of this text and the other Perfection of Wisdom sūtras. For more detail, see i.78–i.90. He is declared by the Buddha (in this text as well as elsewhere in the canonical literature) to be foremost among the araṇavihārin (also araṇāvihārin and araṇyavihārin), which can be taken to mean either those “dwelling free of afflicted mental states” (as in the Tib. nyon mongs pa med par gnas pa/spyod pa, Mvy. 6366) or as those “dwelling in seclusion.” He was also described as “foremost among those worthy of donations” (dakṣineyānām agryaḥ, sbyin pa’i gnas nang na mchog tu gyur pa) and in Chinese sources as “foremost in teaching emptiness” (stong nyid ston pa’i mchog tu gyur pa).
g.1079
sublimation [of all phenomena]
Wylie: yang dag par ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: [sarvadharma]samudgata
The 16th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8, and a meditative stability mentioned on its own.
g.1080
sublimation of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad las mngon par ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལས་མངོན་པར་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmābhyudgato
The fortieth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.1081
sublimation of phenomena
Wylie: chos kyi ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmodgata
The 64th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1082
sublimation through the strength of the ten powers
Wylie: stobs bcu’i stobs kyis ’phags pa
Tibetan: སྟོབས་བཅུའི་སྟོབས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: daśabalodgata
A meditative stability.
g.1083
subsist only on whatever alms they obtain
Wylie: ci thob pa’i bsod snyoms pa
Tibetan: ཅི་ཐོབ་པའི་བསོད་སྙོམས་པ།
Sanskrit: prasthapiṇḍika
Sixth of the twelve ascetic practices.
g.1084
subtle knowledge
Wylie: shes pa phra ba
Tibetan: ཤེས་པ་ཕྲ་བ།
Sanskrit: sūkṣmajñāna
The various aspects of the knowledge that engages in subtlety of conduct, etc., include the knowledge that engages with subtle transmigration at the time of death, the knowledge that engages with subtle processes of rebirth, and the knowledge that engages with subtle buddha activities—emanation, renunciation, consummate enlightenment, turning the wheel of the Dharma, consecrating the lifespan, passing into final nirvāṇa, and so forth. See also n.103.
g.1085
Sudarśana
Wylie: shin tu mthong
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit: sudarśana
Fourth of the pure abodes, meaning “Extreme Insight.”
g.1086
Sudharmā
Wylie: chos bzang po
Tibetan: ཆོས་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sudharmā
The assembly hall in the center of Sudarśana, the city in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three (Trāyastriṃśa). It has a central throne for Indra (Śakra) and thirty-two thrones arranged to its right and left for the other thirty-two devas that make up the eponymous thirty-three devas of Indra’s paradise. Indra’s own palace is to the north of this assembly hall.
g.1087
Sudṛśa
Wylie: gya nom snang ba
Tibetan: གྱ་ནོམ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: sudṛśa
Third of the pure abodes, meaning “Attractive.”
g.1088
suffering
Wylie: sdug bsngal
Tibetan: སྡུག་བསྔལ།
Sanskrit: duḥkha
The first of the four truths of the noble ones. The term “suffering” includes all essentially unsatisfactory experiences of life in cyclic existence, whether physical or mental. These comprise (1) the suffering of suffering, i.e., the physical sensations and mental experiences that are self-evident as suffering and toward which spontaneous feelings of aversion arise; (2) the suffering of change, i.e., all experiences that are normally recognized as pleasant and desirable, but which are nonetheless suffering in that persistent indulgence in these always results in changing attitudes of dissatisfaction and boredom; and (3) the suffering of the pervasive conditioning underlying the round of birth, aging, and death.
g.1089
sugata
Wylie: bde bar gshegs pa
Tibetan: བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sugata
One of the standard epithets of the buddhas. A recurrent explanation offers three different meanings for su- that are meant to show the special qualities of “accomplishment of one’s own purpose” (svārthasampad) for a complete buddha. Thus, the Sugata is “well” gone, as in the expression su-rūpa (“having a good form”); he is gone “in a way that he shall not come back,” as in the expression su-naṣṭa-jvara (“a fever that has utterly gone”); and he has gone “without any remainder” as in the expression su-pūrṇa-ghaṭa (“a pot that is completely full”). According to Buddhaghoṣa, the term means that the way the Buddha went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su) and where he went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su).Here used also as an epithet of the Buddha Śākyamuni.
g.1090
Sunirmita
Wylie: rab ’phrul dga’
Tibetan: རབ་འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit: sunirmita
Name of a god.
g.1091
superior organ of taste
Wylie: ro bro ba’i mchog
Tibetan: རོ་བྲོ་བའི་མཆོག
Sanskrit: rasarasāgrajñatā
Twenty-first of the thirty-two major marks.
g.1092
support for miraculous ability
Wylie: rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan: རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit: ṛddhipāda
See “four supports for miraculous ability.”
g.1093
support for miraculous ability that combines meditative stability of mind with the formative force of exertion
Wylie: sems kyi ting nge ’dzin spong ba’i ’du byed dang ldan pa’i rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan: སེམས་ཀྱི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྤོང་བའི་འདུ་བྱེད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit: cittasamādhiprahāṇasaṃskārasamanvāgataṛddhipāda
Third of the four supports for miraculous abilities.
g.1094
support for miraculous ability that combines meditative stability of perseverance with the formative force of exertion
Wylie: brtson ’grus kyi ting nge ’dzin spong ba’i ’du byed dang ldan pa’i rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྤོང་བའི་འདུ་བྱེད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit: vīryasamādhiprahāṇasaṃskārasamanvāgataṛddhipāda
Second of the four supports for miraculous abilities.
g.1095
support for miraculous ability that combines meditative stability of resolution with the formative force of exertion
Wylie: mos pa’i ting nge ’dzin spong ba’i ’du byed dang ldan pa’i rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan: མོས་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྤོང་བའི་འདུ་བྱེད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit: chandasamādhiprahāṇasaṃskārasamanvāgataṛddhipāda
First of the four supports for miraculous abilities.
g.1096
support for miraculous ability that combines meditative stability of scrutiny with the formative force of exertion
Wylie: dpyod pa’i ting nge ’dzin spong ba’i ’du byed dang ldan pa’i rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan: དཔྱོད་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་སྤོང་བའི་འདུ་བྱེད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit: mīmāṃsāvīryasamādhiprahāṇasaṃskārasamanvāgataṛddhipāda
Fourth of the four supports for miraculous abilities.
g.1097
supramundane phenomena
Wylie: ’jig rten las ’das pa’i chos
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ལས་འདས་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: lokottaradharma
Supramundane phenomena, as found in 8.36-8.38 include the following: the four applications of mindfulness, the four correct exertions, the four supports for miraculous ability, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven branches of enlightenment, the noble eightfold path, the three gateways to liberation, the faculties that will enable knowledge of all that is unknown, the faculties that acquire the knowledge of all phenomena, the faculties endowed with the knowledge of all phenomena, the meditative stability endowed with ideation and scrutiny, the meditative stability free from ideation and endowed merely with scrutiny, the meditative stability devoid of both ideation and scrutiny, the eighteen aspects of emptiness (starting from the emptiness of internal phenomena and ending with the emptiness of the essential nature of nonentities), the ten powers of the tathāgatas, the four fearlessnesses, the four kinds of exact knowledge, great loving kindness, great compassion, and the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.1098
surpassing all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad las shin du ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལས་ཤིན་དུ་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmodgata
The 6th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1099
surveying the crown pinnacle
Wylie: spyi gtsug rnam par lta ba
Tibetan: སྤྱི་གཙུག་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: avalokitamūrdha
The 8th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1100
Sūryagarbha
Wylie: nyi ma’i snying po
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sūryagarbha
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1101
Sūryamaṇḍalaprabhāsottamaśrī
Wylie: nyi ma’i dkyil ’khor snang ba dam pa’i dpal
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་སྣང་བ་དམ་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: sūryamaṇḍalaprabhāsottamaśrī
Name of a buddha in the southwestern direction, residing in the world system called Vigatarajaḥsañcayā.
g.1102
Sūryaprabhāsa
Wylie: nyi ma rab tu snang ba
Tibetan: ཉི་མ་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: sūryaprabhāsa
Name of a bodhisattva from a distant world system in the southwestern direction called Vigatarajaḥsañcayā, who comes to this world to pay homage to the Buddha.
g.1103
Susaṃprasthita
Wylie: rab tu zhugs pa
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་ཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit: susaṃprasthita
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1104
Susthitamati
Wylie: blo gros shin tu brtan pa
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་ཤིན་ཏུ་བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: susthitamati
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1105
Suvarṇapuṣpa
Wylie: gser gyi me tog
Tibetan: གསེར་གྱི་མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: suvarṇapuṣpa
Meaning “Golden Flower,” a future buddha named by Śākyamuni as the future rebirth of Gaṅgadevī.
g.1106
Suvikrāntavikrāmin
Wylie: mthu dam pas rnam par gnon pa
Tibetan: མཐུ་དམ་པས་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པ།
Sanskrit: suvikrāntavikrāmin
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1107
Suyāma
Wylie: rab mtshe ma
Tibetan: རབ་མཚེ་མ།
Sanskrit: suyāma
Name of a god.
g.1108
svāstika
Wylie: bkra shis
Tibetan: བཀྲ་ཤིས།
Sanskrit: svāstika
An ancient Indian symbol of auspiciousness and eternity.
g.1109
taintless lamp
Wylie: dri ma med pa’i sgron ma
Tibetan: དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: vimalapradīpa
The 35th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1110
taintless light
Wylie: ’od dri ma med pa
Tibetan: འོད་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vimalaprabha
The 105th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1111
taintless light of the full moon
Wylie: zla ba dri ma med par rgyas pa’i ’od
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་དྲི་མ་མེད་པར་རྒྱས་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: paripūrṇavimalacandraprabha
The 107th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1112
taintless principle devoid of impurities
Wylie: rdul med cing rdul dang bral ba’i tshul dang ldan pa
Tibetan: རྡུལ་མེད་ཅིང་རྡུལ་དང་བྲལ་བའི་ཚུལ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: arajīvirajonayayukta
The 112th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1113
tales of past lives
Wylie: skyes pa’i rabs
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་པའི་རབས།
Sanskrit: jātaka
Eighth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.1114
[tamed by] dispelling the misery of corporeality
Wylie: lus kyi skyon yang dag par sel bas rab tu ’dul ba, lus kyi skyon yang dag par sel ba
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་སྐྱོན་ཡང་དག་པར་སེལ་བས་རབ་ཏུ་འདུལ་བ།, ལུས་ཀྱི་སྐྱོན་ཡང་དག་པར་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: kāyakalisaṃpramathana
The 116th meditative stability in chapter 6 and 117th in chapter 8.
g.1115
tapering fingers and toes
Wylie: sor mo rim gyis gzhol ba
Tibetan: སོར་མོ་རིམ་གྱིས་གཞོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: anupūrvāṅguli
Sixth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1116
Tārakopama
Wylie: dpe skar ma lta bu
Tibetan: དཔེ་སྐར་མ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: tārakopama
A future eon (the name means “Starlike”) in which Gaṅgadevī will become the Buddha Suvarṇapuṣpa.
g.1117
tathāgata
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: tathāgata
A frequently used synonym for buddha. According to different explanations, it can be read as tathā-gata, literally meaning “one who has thus gone,” or as tathā-āgata, “one who has thus come.” Gata, though literally meaning “gone,” is a past passive participle used to describe a state or condition of existence. Tatha(tā), often rendered as “suchness” or “thusness,” is the quality or condition of things as they really are, which cannot be conveyed in conceptual, dualistic terms. Therefore, this epithet is interpreted in different ways, but in general it implies one who has departed in the wake of the buddhas of the past, or one who has manifested the supreme awakening dependent on the reality that does not abide in the two extremes of existence and quiescence. It is also often used as a specific epithet of the Buddha Śākyamuni.
g.1118
teeth that are even
Wylie: mche ba mnyam pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan: མཆེ་བ་མཉམ་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: samadaṃṣṭra
Fifty-sixth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1119
teeth that are extremely round
Wylie: tshems mche ba shin du zlum pa
Tibetan: ཚེམས་མཆེ་བ་ཤིན་དུ་ཟླུམ་པ།
Sanskrit: vṛttadaṃṣṭra
Fifty-third of the eighty minor marks.
g.1120
teeth that are extremely white
Wylie: tshems mche ba shin du dkar ba
Tibetan: ཚེམས་མཆེ་བ་ཤིན་དུ་དཀར་བ།
Sanskrit: śukladaṃṣṭra
Fifty-fifth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1121
teeth that are sharp
Wylie: tshems mche ba rno ba dang ldan pa
Tibetan: ཚེམས་མཆེ་བ་རྣོ་བ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: tīkṣṇadaṃṣṭra
Fifty-fourth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1122
teeth that are tapering
Wylie: tshems mche ba rim gyis gzhol ba
Tibetan: ཚེམས་མཆེ་བ་རིམ་གྱིས་གཞོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: anupūrvadaṃṣṭra
Fifty-seventh of the eighty minor marks.
g.1123
telling of lies
Wylie: brdzun du smra ba, rdzun du smra ba
Tibetan: བརྫུན་དུ་སྨྲ་བ།, རྫུན་དུ་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit: mṛṣāvāda
Fourth of the ten nonvirtuous actions. Also rendered here as “falsehood.”
g.1124
ten aspects of tolerance
Wylie: bzod pa bcu
Tibetan: བཟོད་པ་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśakṣānti
These are listed, with commentary, in the Śatasāhasrikāprajñāpāramitābṛhaṭṭīkā (Toh 3807, Degé Tengyur vol. 91, F.37.a-b) as follows: (1) tolerance of natural disturbances (rang bzhin gyis bzod pa), (2) tolerance that does not consider any harm inflicted by others (gzhan gyis gnod pa byas pa la ji mi snyam pa’i bzod pa), (3) tolerance that accepts the experience of suffering (sdug bsngal nyams su len pa’i bzod pa), (4) tolerance that is intent on what is definitive in the Dharma (chos la nges par mos pa’i bzod pa), (5) tolerance that can endure hardships (bya dka’ ba la bzod pa), (6) tolerance that utilizes the approach of skillful means (thabs kyi sgo’i bzod pa), (7) tolerance of saintly persons (skyes bu dam pa’i bzod pa), (8) tolerance with respect to all aspects (rnam pa thams cad du bzod pa), (9) tolerance of the needs of the destitute (phongs pa ’dod pa la bzod pa), and (10) tolerance of this world of suffering for the sake of others (’di dang gzhan du sdug bsngal ba la bzod pa).
g.1125
ten controls
Wylie: dbang bcu
Tibetan: དབང་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśavaśita
Enumerated in 62.62.
g.1126
ten directions
Wylie: phyogs bcu
Tibetan: ཕྱོགས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśadik
The four cardinal directions along with the four intermediate directions, the zenith, and the nadir.
g.1127
ten levels
Wylie: sa bcu
Tibetan: ས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśabhūmi
There are two sets of ten levels mentioned in the Prajñāpāramitā literature. One is the same as that found in many other scriptures such as the Ten Bhūmis (Toh 44-31) of the Buddhāvataṃsaka. These are (1) Perfect Joy (pramuditā), (2) Stainless (vimalā), (3) Shining (prabhākarī), (4) Brilliance (arciṣmatī), (5) Difficult to Conquer (sudurjayā), (6) Manifested (abhimukhī), (7) Gone Far (dūraṃgamā), (8) Unwavering (acalā), (9) Perfect Understanding (sādhumatī), and (10) Cloud of Dharma (dharmameghā).The other set of ten levels comprise (1) the level of bright insight, (2) the level of the spiritual family, (3) the eighth-lowest level, (4) the level of insight, (5) the level of attenuated refinement, (6) the level of no attachment, (7) the level of spiritual achievement (of śrāvakas/arhats), (8) the level of the pratyekabuddhas, (9) the level of the bodhisattvas, and (10) the actual level of the buddhas. (See also n.316).
g.1128
ten modes of conduct
Wylie: spyod pa bcu
Tibetan: སྤྱོད་པ་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśacaryā
These ten modes of conduct are enumerated in the Śatasāhasrikāprajñāpāramitābṛhaṭṭīkā (Toh 3807, Degé Tengyur vol. 91, F.37.a) as follows: (1) writing of the sacred scriptures (dam pa’i chos yi ger ’dri ba), (2) reading them (klog pa), (3) chanting them (kha ton byed pa), (4) bestowing them on others (gzhan la sbyin pa), (5) retaining them (i.e., their words and meaning) (’chang ba), (6) making offerings to them (mchod pa byed pa), (7) listening to others recite/expound them (nyan pa), (8) reflecting upon them (sems pa), (9) meditating on them (sgom pa), and (10) teaching them to others (gzhan dag la ston pa). An alternative listing is found in Ch. 43 of the Buddhāvataṃsaka , comprising (1) conduct that aims to bring all beings to maturation, (2) conduct that aims to investigate all phenomena, (3) conduct that aims to apply all trainings, (4) conduct that aims to accumulate all the roots of virtuous action, (5) conduct that aims to achieve one-pointed meditative stability, (6) conduct that aims to understand wisdom, (7) conduct that aims to cultivate meditation, (8) conduct that aims to adorn the buddhafields, (9) conduct that aims to venerate spiritual teachers, and (10) conduct that aims to make offerings to and serve the tathāgatas. See Nordrang Orgyan, pp. 2259–60.
g.1129
ten nonvirtuous actions
Wylie: mi dge ba bcu’i las
Tibetan: མི་དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལས།
Sanskrit: daśākuśalakarman
Killing of living creatures, theft, sexual misconduct, lying, slander, verbal abuse, irresponsible chatter, covetousness, malice, and wrong views. See also “nonvirtuous phenomena.”
g.1130
ten powers
Wylie: stobs bcu
Tibetan: སྟོབས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśabala
See “ten powers of the tathāgatas.”
g.1131
ten powers of the tathāgatas
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa’i stobs bcu
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྟོབས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśatathāgatabala
The ten powers of the tathāgatas, as presented in 9.37, are (1) definitive knowledge that phenomena that are possible are indeed possible, and definitive knowledge that phenomena that are impossible are indeed impossible; (2) definitive knowledge, through possibilities and causes, of the maturation of the past, future, and present actions, and of those who undertake such actions; (3) definitive knowledge of various realms and their multiple constituents; (4) definitive knowledge of the diversity of inclinations and the multiplicity of inclinations that other beings, other individuals, have; (5) definitive knowledge of whether the acumen of other beings, other individuals, is superior or inferior; (6) definitive knowledge of the paths that lead anywhere; (7) definitive knowledge of all the afflicted and purified mental states and their emergence, with respect to the faculties, powers, branches of enlightenment, meditative concentrations, aspects of liberation, meditative stabilities, and formless absorptions; (8) definitive knowledge of the recollection of multiple past abodes, ranging from the recollection of individual lifetimes to their circumstances, situations, and causes; (9) definitive knowledge through pure clairvoyance, transcending the vision of human beings, of the death, transmigration, and rebirth of beings; and (10) definitive knowledge that through one’s own extrasensory powers one has actualized, achieved, and maintained the liberation of mind and the liberation of wisdom in the state that is free from contaminants because all contaminants have ceased.
g.1132
ten recollections
Wylie: rjes su dran pa bcu
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśānusmṛti
The ten recollections, listed in 2.5 and presented as a group in 9.30, are (1) recollection of the Buddha, (2) recollection of the Dharma, (3) recollection of the Saṅgha, (4) recollection of ethical discipline, (5) recollection of giving away, (6) recollection of the god realms, (7) recollection of disillusionment, (8) recollection of breathing, (9) recollection of death, and (10) recollection of the body. The first five are also included in the six recollections (q.v.).
g.1133
ten sense fields of complete suffusion
Wylie: mtha’ dag gi skye mched bcu
Tibetan: མཐའ་དག་གི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśakṛtsnāyatana
The ten sense fields of complete suffusion, as found enumerated in 62.56, comprise (1) complete suffusion of the earth element, (2) complete suffusion of the water element, (3) complete suffusion of the fire element, (4) complete suffusion of the wind element, (5) complete suffusion of blueness, (6) complete suffusion of yellowness, (7) complete suffusion of redness, (8) complete suffusion of whiteness, (9) complete suffusion of consciousness, and (10) complete suffusion of the space element. In the Ten Thousand and Eighteen Thousand, the Tibetan term is zad par gyi skye mched, and in ka F.28.b in this text it is chub pa’i skye mched.
g.1134
the way that an elephant gazes
Wylie: glang po chen po’i lta stangs
Tibetan: གླང་པོ་ཆེན་པོའི་ལྟ་སྟངས།
Sanskrit: nāgāvalokita
A simile that describes an undistracted, unmoving, but all-encompassing gaze.
g.1135
theft
Wylie: ma byin par len pa
Tibetan: མ་བྱིན་པར་ལེན་པ།
Sanskrit: adatādāna
Second of ten nonvirtuous actions. Literally, “taking what is not given.” Also translated as “stealing.”
g.1136
thick hair
Wylie: dbu skra stug pa
Tibetan: དབུ་སྐྲ་སྟུག་པ།
Sanskrit: citakeśa
Seventy-fifth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1137
thirty-seven factors conducive to enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos sum cu rtsa bdun
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་བདུན།
Sanskrit: saptatriṃśabodhipakṣadharma
The thirty-seven factors conducive to enlightenment comprise the four applications of mindfulness, the four correct exertions, the four supports for miraculous ability, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven branches of enlightenment, and the noble eightfold path. See Chapter 9. For a summary of the relevant Pāli and Sanskrit sources on all see the extensive discussion in Dayal (1932): pp. 80–164.
g.1138
thirty-two major marks of a great person
Wylie: skyes bu chen po’i mtshan sum cu rtsa gnyis
Tibetan: སྐྱེས་བུ་ཆེན་པོའི་མཚན་སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: dvātriṃśanmahāpuruṣalakṣaṇa
These are the major physical marks that identify the buddha form body and which also portend the advent of a wheel-turning emperor. As well as being listed in this and other Prajñāpāramitā sūtras (see 62.76 here in the Twenty-Five Thousand; the One Hundred Thousand, chapter 63; the Eighteen Thousand, 73.89; and the Ten Thousand, 2.15), they are also found detailed in the Play in Full (Lalitavistara), 7.98–7.103 and 26.147–26.175; Mahāyānopadeśa ; Ratnagotravibhāgottaratantraśāstra, 3.17–25; Mahāvastu; and in the Pali Lakkhaṇasutta.
g.1139
thoroughbred
Wylie: cang shes pa
Tibetan: ཅང་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: ājāneya
Meaning “thoroughbred horse,” the term is used here and in the introductory narratives of many sūtras as a metaphor for nobility.
g.1140
three categories
Wylie: phung po gsum
Tibetan: ཕུང་པོ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trirāśi
A division of beings into three according to their potential for receiving the Dharma. These categories are altered by the appearance of a buddha. The three are (1) those whose receptivity is certain (nges pa’i phung po, samyaktvaniyatarāśi), (2) those whose receptivity is unpredictable (ma nges pa’i phung po, aniyatarāśi), and (3) those whose nonreceptivity is certain (log par nges pa’i phung po, mithyātvaniyatarāśi). See also n.516.
g.1141
three faculties
Wylie: dbang po gsum
Tibetan: དབང་པོ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trīndriya
They are (1) the faculty whereby one will comprehend that which has not been comprehended (anājñātamājñāsyāmīndriya, yongs su ma shes pa yongs su shes par bya ba’i dbang po), (2) the faculty of comprehension (ājñendriya, yongs su shes pa’i dbang po), and (3) the faculty of realization through comprehension (ājñātāvīndriya, yongs su shes pas rtogs pa’i dbang po).
g.1142
three fetters
Wylie: kun du sbyor ba gsum
Tibetan: ཀུན་དུ་སྦྱོར་བ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trisaṃyojana
The three fetters, as found in 18.21, comprise false views about the perishable composite (i.e., views of the self), doubt, and a sense of moral and ascetic supremacy.
g.1143
three gateways to liberation
Wylie: rnam par thar pa’i sgo gsum
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་སྒོ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: vimokṣamukha
These are (1) emptiness as a gateway to liberation, (2) signlessness as a gateway to liberation, and (3) wishlessness as a gateway to liberation. Among them, emptiness is characterized as the absence of inherent existence, signlessness as the absence of distinguishing marks, and aspirationlessness as the absence of hopes and fears.
g.1144
three knowledges
Wylie: rig pa gsum
Tibetan: རིག་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trividyā
These comprise (1) knowledge through recollecting past lives (sngon gyi gnas rjes su dran pa’i rig pa); (2) knowledge of beings’ death and rebirth (tshe ’pho ba dang skye ba shes pa’i rig pa), in some definitions expressed as knowledge through clairvoyance (lha’i mig gi shes pa); and (3) knowledge of the cessation of contaminants (zag pa zad pa shes pa’i rig pa). See Śatasāhasrikāprajñāpāramitābṛhaṭṭīkā (Toh 3807, Degé Tengyur vol. 91, F.39.b.)
g.1145
three lower realms
Wylie: ngan song gsum
Tibetan: ངན་སོང་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: tridurgati
A collective name for the realms of animals, anguished spirits, and denizens of the hells.
g.1146
three meditative stabilities
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gsum
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trayaḥ samādhyaḥ
These are listed as (1) the meditative stability of emptiness, (2) the meditative stability of signlessness, and (3) the meditative stability of wishlessness. For an explanation according to this text, see 9.26. Note that this term is also used in this text to refer to a different set of three meditative stabilities .
g.1147
three meditative stabilities
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gsum
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trayaḥ samādhyaḥ
These are listed as (1) the meditative stability endowed with ideation and scrutiny, (2) the meditative stability free from ideation and endowed merely with scrutiny, and (3) the meditative stability devoid of both ideation and scrutiny. For an explanation according to this text, see 9.29. Note that this term is also used in this text to refer to the usual set of three meditative stabilities: emptiness, signlessness, and wishlessness.
g.1148
three miracles
Wylie: cho ’phrul gsum
Tibetan: ཆོ་འཕྲུལ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: triprātihārya
The three miracles are enumerated in 62.19 and in Kimura VI–VIII: p. 49 as miraculous magical abilities (ṛddhiprātihārya, rdzu ’phrul gyi cho ’phrul), miraculous revealing (ādeśanāprātihārya, yongs su bstan pa’i cho ’phrul), and miraculous instructing (anuśāsanaprātihārya, rjes su bstan pa’i cho ’phrul). See also Conze (1975): p. 476, who interprets instruction as the knowledge of others’ thoughts. Nordrang Orgyan (2008): p. 231 additionally lists three alternative enumerations.
g.1149
three natures
Wylie: ngo bo nyid gsum, mtshan nyid gsum, rang bzhin gsum
Tibetan: ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་གསུམ།, མཚན་ཉིད་གསུམ།, རང་བཞིན་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trisvabhāva, trividhā niḥsvabhāvatā
These comprise the imaginary, dependent, and consummate essenceless natures, which are elaborated particularly in the discourses associated with the third turning of the wheel. They are not directly discussed in this text but are similar to explanations in the Maitreya Chapter (chapter 72) and are also used as an underlying analytical key in some commentaries. See introduction i.111.
g.1150
three realms
Wylie: khams gsum
Tibetan: ཁམས་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: tridhātu
The three realms that contain all the various kinds of existence in saṃsāra: the desire realm, the form realm, and the formless realm.
g.1151
three spheres
Wylie: ’khor gsum
Tibetan: འཁོར་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trimaṇḍala
These three aspects, literally “circles” or “provinces,” are the doer, the action, and the object of the action.
g.1152
three vehicles
Wylie: theg pa gsum
Tibetan: ཐེག་པ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: triyāna
The śrāvaka vehicle, the pratyekabuddha vehicle, and the bodhisattva vehicle.
g.1153
tīrthika
Wylie: mu stegs can
Tibetan: མུ་སྟེགས་ཅན།
Sanskrit: tīrthika
Those of other religious or philosophical orders, contemporary with the early Buddhist order, including Jains, Jaṭilas, Ājīvikas, and Cārvākas. Tīrthika (“forder”) literally translates as “one belonging to or associated with (possessive suffix –ika) stairs for landing or for descent into a river,” or “a bathing place,” or “a place of pilgrimage on the banks of sacred streams” (Monier-Williams). The term may have originally referred to temple priests at river crossings or fords where travelers propitiated a deity before crossing. The Sanskrit term seems to have undergone metonymic transfer in referring to those able to ford the turbulent river of saṃsāra (as in the Jain tīrthaṅkaras, “ford makers”), and it came to be used in Buddhist sources to refer to teachers of rival religious traditions. The Sanskrit term is closely rendered by the Tibetan mu stegs pa: “those on the steps (stegs pa) at the edge (mu).”
g.1154
tolerance
Wylie: bzod pa
Tibetan: བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣānti
A term meaning acceptance, forbearance, or patience. As the third of the six perfections, patience is classified into three kinds: the capacity to tolerate abuse from sentient beings, to tolerate the hardships of the path to buddhahood, and to tolerate the profound nature of reality. As a term referring to a bodhisattva’s realization, dharmakṣānti (chos la bzod pa) can refer to the ways one becomes “receptive” to the nature of Dharma, and it can be an abbreviation of anutpattikadharmakṣānti, “forbearance for the unborn nature, or nonproduction, of dharmas.”
g.1155
tongue that is extremely red
Wylie: ljags shin du dmar ba
Tibetan: ལྗགས་ཤིན་དུ་དམར་བ།
Sanskrit: raktajihva
Fiftieth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1156
tongue that is extremely slender
Wylie: ljags shin du srab pa
Tibetan: ལྗགས་ཤིན་དུ་སྲབ་པ།
Sanskrit: tanujihva
Forty-ninth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1157
tongue that is extremely soft
Wylie: ljags shin du ’jam pa
Tibetan: ལྗགས་ཤིན་དུ་འཇམ་པ།
Sanskrit: mṛdujihva
Forty-eighth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1158
torso resembles that of a lion
Wylie: seng ge’i ro stod lta bu
Tibetan: སེང་གེའི་རོ་སྟོད་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: siṃhapūrvārdhakāyatā
Eighteenth of the thirty-two major marks.
g.1159
total illumination
Wylie: kun tu snang ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: samantāvabhāsa
The 38th meditative stability in chapters 6, and 8.
g.1160
transcendence of the range
Wylie: yul las rgal ba
Tibetan: ཡུལ་ལས་རྒལ་བ།
Sanskrit: viṣamaśānti
The 77th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1161
transcending all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad las ’da’ ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ལས་འདའ་བ།
Sanskrit: praticchedakara
The 84th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1162
Trayastriṃśa
Wylie: sum cu rtsa gsum
Tibetan: སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: trayastriṃśa
Second god realm of desire, abode of the thirty-three gods.
g.1163
Tree at the Seat of Enlightenment
Wylie: snying po byang chub kyi shing
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཤིང་།
Sanskrit: bodhimaṇḍavṛkṣa
The tree at Vajrāsana under which all the buddhas attain enlightenment.
g.1164
tree cotton
Wylie: shing bal
Tibetan: ཤིང་བལ།
Sanskrit: tūla, tūlikā
One of several kinds of cotton, probably from a tree of Gossypium species, among which are the diploid, Asian G. arboreum and G. herbaceum (cf. Monier Williams); Negi’s Tibetan-Sanskrit dictionary also mentions five kinds of tūla, at least some of which are trees.
g.1165
truths of the noble ones
Wylie: ’phags pa’i bden pa
Tibetan: འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit: āryasatya
See “four truths of the noble ones.”
g.1166
turn the wheel of the Dharma
Wylie: chos kyi ’khor lo bskor ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོ་བསྐོར་བ།
Sanskrit: dharmacakrapravartana
This metaphor refers to the promulgation of the Buddhist teachings by the Buddha.
g.1167
Tuṣita
Wylie: dga’ ldan
Tibetan: དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit: tuṣita
Tuṣita (or sometimes Saṃtuṣita), literally “Joyous” or “Contented,” is one of the six heavens of the desire realm (kāmadhātu). In standard classifications, such as the one in the Abhidharmakośa, it is ranked as the fourth of the six counting from below. This god realm is where all future buddhas are said to dwell before taking on their final rebirth prior to awakening. There, the Buddha Śākyamuni lived his preceding life as the bodhisattva Śvetaketu. When departing to take birth in this world, he appointed the bodhisattva Maitreya, who will be the next buddha of this eon, as his Dharma regent in Tuṣita. For an account of the Buddha’s previous life in Tuṣita, see The Play in Full (Toh 95), 2.12, and for an account of Maitreya’s birth in Tuṣita and a description of this realm, see The Sūtra on Maitreya’s Birth in the Heaven of Joy , (Toh 199).
g.1168
twelve ascetic practices
Wylie: sbyangs pa’i yon tan bcu gnyis
Tibetan: སྦྱངས་པའི་ཡོན་ཏན་བཅུ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: dvādaśadhūtaguṇa
The twelve ascetic practices as set out in this text comprise (1) staying in isolation (āraṇyaka, dgon pa ba), (2) begging for alms (paiṇḍapātika, bsod snyoms pa), (3) wearing cast-off clothes (pāṃśukūlika, phyag dar khrod pa), (4) restricting eating after midday (khalu paścād bhaktika, zas phyis mi len pa), (5) eating the daily meal in a single sitting (ekāsanika, stan gcig pa), (6) accepting just whatever alms have been obtained (prasthapiṇḍika, ci thob pa’i bsod snyoms len pa), (7) frequenting charnel grounds (śmāśānika, dur khrod pa), (8) sitting in exposed places (ābhyavakāśika, bla gab med pa), (9) sitting under trees (vṛkṣamūlika, shing drung pa), (10) sitting upright even during sleep (naiṣadyika, cog pu pa), (11) staying wherever one happens to be (yathāsaṃstarika, gzhi ji bzhin pa), and (12) owning only three robes (traicīvarika, chos gos gsum pa). They are listed in the text at 32.6. The list varies slightly between texts in both order and content, and the set of twelve in the Mahāvyutpatti (127–39) is close but not identical; lists in some texts comprise thirteen items.
g.1169
twelve links of dependent origination
Wylie: rten cing ’brel bar ’byung ba’i yan lag bcu gnyis
Tibetan: རྟེན་ཅིང་འབྲེལ་བར་འབྱུང་བའི་ཡན་ལག་བཅུ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: dvādaśāṅgapratītyasamutpāda
The twelve links that make up the sequence of dependent origination are (1) ignorance, (2) formative predispositions, (3) consciousness, (4) name and form, (5) sense fields, (6) sensory contact, (7) sensation, (8) craving, (9) grasping, (10) rebirth process, (11) actual birth, and (12) aging and death. See also “dependent origination.”
g.1170
twelve sense fields
Wylie: skye mched bcu gnyis
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བཅུ་གཉིས།
Sanskrit: dvādaśāyatana
These comprise the six inner sense fields and six outer sense fields.
g.1171
twenty higher aspirations
Wylie: lhag pa’i bsam pa nyi shu
Tibetan: ལྷག་པའི་བསམ་པ་ཉི་ཤུ།
Sanskrit: vimśatyadhicitta
These twenty higher aspirations (vimśatyadhicitta, lhag pa’i bsam pa nyi shu) are enumerated and explained in the Śatasāhasrikāprajñāpāramitābṛhaṭṭīkā (Toh 3807, Degé Tengyur vol. 91, F.39.a et seq.). They comprise (1) the supreme aspiration of higher faith in the Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha (sangs rgyas dang chos dang dge ’dun la lhag par dad cing sems pa mchog gi bsam pa); (2) the aspiration of the higher attitude to ethical discipline that adopts the vows of the bodhisattvas’ ethical discipline (byang chub sems dpa’i tshul khrims kyi sdom pa yang dag par blang ba la lhag par sems pa’i tshul khrims kyi bsam pa); (3) the aspiration of the higher attitude to perfection in order to achieve the perfections of generosity, tolerance, perseverance, meditative concentration, and wisdom (sbyin pa dang bzod pa dang brtson ’grus dang bsam gtan dang shes rab yang dag par grub par bya ba’i phyir lhag par sems pa’i pha rol tu phyin pa’i bsam pa); (4) the aspiration of the genuine higher attitude concerning the nonself of phenomena and individual persons, ultimate reality , and the profound real nature of phenomena (chos dang gang zag la bdag med pa dang don dam pa dang chos kyi de bzhin nyid zab mo la lhag par sems pa yang dag pa’i don gyi bsam pa); (5) the unchanging and steadfast aspiration that one-pointedly establishes the certainty of complete enlightenment (yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub tu sems rtse gcig tu nges par gyur cing mi ’gyur ba brtan pa’i bsam pa); (6) the impure aspiration of the higher attitude to the level of engagement through belief (mos pas spyod pa’i sa la lhag pa’i bsam pa ma dag pa’i bsam pa); (7) the pure higher aspiration concerning the levels from the first to the eighth (sa dang po nas sa brgyad pa’i bar gyi lhag pa’i bsam pa dag pa); (8) the utterly pure higher aspiration concerning the ninth and concluding [tenth] levels (mthar phyin pa’i sa ste sa dgu pa dang bcu pa’i lhag pa’i bsam pa shin tu dag pa); (9) the higher aspiration concerning the inconceivable might of the extrasensory powers of the buddhas and bodhisattvas (sangs rgyas dang byang chub sems dpa’ rnams kyi mngon par shes pa bsam gyis mi khyab pa’i mthu la lhag par bsam pa); (10) the beneficial aspiration that introduces beings to the practice of virtuous action (sems can rnams dge ba byed du ’jug pa phan pa’i bsam pa); (11) the aspiration that is undeceiving concerning the teacher and the object of generosity (bla ma dang sbyin gnas la mi slu ba’i bsam pa); (12) the aspiration to bring about happiness when bodhisattvas associate with conduct in conformity with the Dharma (byang chub sems dpa’ chos mthun par spyod pa dang / ’grogs na bde bar bya ba’i bsam pa); (13) the aspiration to overpower the minds of those overwhelmed by the afflicted mental states, the subsidiary afflicted mental states, and all the deeds of Māra (nyon mongs pa dang / nye ba’i nyon mongs pa dang bdud kyi las thams cad zil gyis mnan pa dag gi sems kyi dbang du gyur par bya ba’i bsam pa); (14) the aspiration of the view concerning the defects in all formative predispositions (’du byed thams cad la skyon du lta ba’i bsam pa); (15) the aspiration of the view concerning the advantages in the attainment of nirvāṇa (mya ngan las ’das pa la phan yon du lta ba’i bsam pa); (16) the aspiration to constantly cultivate the factors conducive to enlightenment (byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos rnams rtag tu bsgom pa bya ba’i bsam pa); (17) the aspiration to stay in isolation until one attains conformity with cultivation of those very factors conducive to enlightenment (byang chub kyi phyogs kyi chos de dag nyid bsgom pa dang mthun pa’i bar du dben pa la gnas pa’i bsam pa); (18) the aspiration that disregards mundane materialism, acquisition, and fame (’jig rten gyi zang zing dang / rnyed pa dang bkur sti la mi lta ba’i bsam pa); (19) the aspiration to realize the Great Vehicle, abandoning the Lesser Vehicle (theg pa chung ngu spangs te theg pa chen po rtogs par bya ba’i bsam pa); and (20) the aspiration to accomplish all the aims of all beings (sems can thams cad kyi don thams cad bya ba’i bsam pa).
g.1172
ultimate reality
Wylie: don dam pa
Tibetan: དོན་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: paramārtha
g.1173
ultimate truth
Wylie: don dam pa’i bden pa
Tibetan: དོན་དམ་པའི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit: paramārthasatya
Ultimate truth is defined as a synonym of emptiness, the ultimate nature of phenomena, in contrast to the relative truth of conventionally experienced perceptions.
g.1174
unappraisable
Wylie: gzhal du med pa
Tibetan: གཞལ་དུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: amāpya
This term in some contexts may refer to a large number equivalent to ten to the power of 57.
g.1175
unattached, liberated, and uncovered like space
Wylie: nam mkha’ ltar chags pa med pas rnam par grol zhing gos pa med pa
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་ལྟར་ཆགས་པ་མེད་པས་རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་ཞིང་གོས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: ākāśāsaṅghavimuktinirupalepa
The 118th meditative stability in chapter 6 and 119th in chapter 8; also mentioned in other chapters.
g.1176
uncaptivated
Wylie: mi ’phrogs pa
Tibetan: མི་འཕྲོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṃhāryo
The forty-seventh of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.1177
unchanging nature of reality
Wylie: chos mi ’gyur ba nyid
Tibetan: ཆོས་མི་འགྱུར་བ་ཉིད།
g.1178
uncommon phenomena
Wylie: thun mong ma lags pa’i chos
Tibetan: ཐུན་མོང་མ་ལགས་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: asādhāraṇadharma
Uncommon phenomena from the perspective of ordinary persons, as described in 8.44, include the thirty-seven factors conducive to enlightenment, the ten powers of the tathāgatas, the four fearlessnesses, the four kinds of exact knowledge, the three gateways to liberation, and all the other attributes up to and including the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.1179
unconditioned phenomena
Wylie: ’dus ma byas pa’i chos
Tibetan: འདུས་མ་བྱས་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: asaṃskṛtadharma
Unconditioned phenomena are defined in 5.13 as those which are nonarising, nondwelling, and nonperishing, while the Ten Thousand (2.82) adds nontransformation with respect to all things, the cessation of desire , the cessation of hatred, the cessation of delusion, the abiding of phenomena in the real nature, reality, the realm of phenomena, maturity with respect to all things, the real nature, the unmistaken real nature, the one and only real nature, and the finality of existence. Although the Prajñāpāramitā analysis ultimately places all phenomena in this category, that analysis derives its force by contrasting with the way in which the various Abhidharma traditions classify the unconditioned, principally including nirvāṇa and in some cases space and certain kinds of cessation.
g.1180
uncontaminated phenomena
Wylie: zag pa ma mchis pa’i chos, zag pa med pa’i chos
Tibetan: ཟག་པ་མ་མཆིས་པའི་ཆོས།, ཟག་པ་མེད་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: anāsravadharma
Uncontaminated phenomena, as described in 8.40, include the four applications of mindfulness, the four correct exertions, the four supports for miraculous ability, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven branches of enlightenment, the noble eightfold path, the four truths of the noble ones, the eight aspects of liberation, the nine serial steps of meditative absorption, emptiness, signlessness, wishlessness, all the gateways of the meditative stabilities and the dhāraṇīs, the ten powers of the tathāgatas, the four fearlessnesses, the four kinds of exact knowledge, great loving kindness, great compassion, and the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas. See also n.259.
g.1181
undimmed and pure sense perception
Wylie: snang ba rab rib med cing rnam par dag pa
Tibetan: སྣང་བ་རབ་རིབ་མེད་ཅིང་རྣམ་པར་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: vitimiraśuddhāloka
Thirty-second of the eighty minor marks.
g.1182
unimpaired
Wylie: nyams pa med pa
Tibetan: ཉམས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asampramuṣita
The 21st meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1183
unimpaired by all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad nyams pa med pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmāsaṃpramoṣa
A meditative stability.
g.1184
unimpaired extrasensory power
Wylie: mngon par shes pa mi nyams pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ་མི་ཉམས་པ།
Sanskrit: acyutānāgāminyabhijñā
A meditative stability.
g.1185
union
Wylie: rnal ’byor
Tibetan: རྣལ་འབྱོར།
Sanskrit: yoga
Although the term could be rendered “practice,” “yogic practice,” or simply “yoga,” in these passages the underlying meaning of the term is emphasized. Note that the Sanskrit term translated in this text as “engaged” (yukta) is closely related, even though the Tibetan (brtson) is less so.
g.1186
unity
Wylie: rnam pa gcig tu ’gyur ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པ་གཅིག་ཏུ་འགྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit: ekākāra
The 90th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1187
universal monarch
Wylie: ’khor los sgyur ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan: འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: cakravartīrāja
The concept of the benign universal monarch or emperor who rules in accordance with the law of the sacred teachings of Buddhism is one that has permeated Buddhist literature since the time of Aśoka. Their appearance in the world is considered a unique and rare event, just as the appearance of a buddha is considered to be unique and rare.
g.1188
unmistaken real nature
Wylie: ma nor ba de bzhin nyid
Tibetan: མ་ནོར་བ་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit: avitathatā
g.1189
unmodified
Wylie: ’gyur ba med pa
Tibetan: འགྱུར་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: avikāra
The 70th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1190
unmoving
Wylie: mi g.yo ba
Tibetan: མི་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit: aniñjaya
The 47th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1191
unobscured limit of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad mi sgrib pa’i mtha’
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་མི་སྒྲིབ་པའི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmānāvaraṇakoṭir
The twenty-fifth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.1192
unoppressed
Wylie: ma mnan pa
Tibetan: མ་མནན་པ།
Sanskrit: astambhito
The eighteenth of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.1193
unseeking
Wylie: tshol ba med pa
Tibetan: ཚོལ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: animiṣa
The 32nd meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1194
unsurpassed, complete enlightenment
Wylie: bla na med pa yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub
Tibetan: བླ་ན་མེད་པ་ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit: anuttarasamyaksambodhi AS
g.1195
untangled hair
Wylie: dbu skra ma ’dzings pa
Tibetan: དབུ་སྐྲ་མ་འཛིངས་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṃlulitakeśa, asaṃluḍitakeśa
Seventy-seventh of the eighty minor marks.
g.1196
unvanquished
Wylie: mi pham pa
Tibetan: མི་ཕམ་པ།
Sanskrit: ajaya
The 44th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1197
unwavering
Wylie: g.yo ba med pa
Tibetan: གཡོ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: acala
The 76th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1198
Upaśāntā
Wylie: nye bar zhi ba
Tibetan: ཉེ་བར་ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit: upaśāntā
Name of a world system in the western direction, where the buddha Ratnārcis teaches the perfection of wisdom to bodhisattva great beings.
g.1199
upper robe
Wylie: chos gos, bla gos
Tibetan: ཆོས་གོས།, བླ་གོས།
Sanskrit: cīvara, uttarāsaṅga
In common parlance, this denotes the patched, yellow upper robe worn by renunciates.
g.1200
uṣṇīṣa on the crown of the head
Wylie: dbu spyi gtsug
Tibetan: དབུ་སྤྱི་གཙུག
Sanskrit: uṣṇīṣaśiraskatā
Twenty-third of the major marks.
g.1201
Uttarakuru
Wylie: sgra mi snyan
Tibetan: སྒྲ་མི་སྙན།
Sanskrit: uttarakuru
The northern continent of the human world according to traditional Indian cosmology, characterized as “unpleasant sound.”
g.1202
Uttaramati
Wylie: blo gros dam pa
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: uttaramati
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1203
utterly chaste in their habitual conduct
Wylie: kun spyod pa shin du gtsang ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་སྤྱོད་པ་ཤིན་དུ་གཙང་བ།
Sanskrit: śucisamācāra
Fortieth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1204
utterly devoid of delimitation
Wylie: yongs su gcod pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit: niratiśaya
The 85th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1205
utterly perfect minor marks
Wylie: dpe byad shin du rdzogs pa
Tibetan: དཔེ་བྱད་ཤིན་དུ་རྫོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: paripūrṇavyañjana
Twenty-fourth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1206
utterly youthful body
Wylie: sku shin du gzhon pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་ཤིན་དུ་གཞོན་པ།
Sanskrit: sukumāragātra
Twenty-seventh of the eighty minor marks.
g.1207
Vaijayanta Palace
Wylie: rnam par rgyal ba’i khang pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྒྱལ་བའི་ཁང་པ།
Sanskrit: vaijayantaprāsāda
The palace of Śakra in the Heaven of the Thirty-Three.
g.1208
vajra
Wylie: rdo rje
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit: vajra
Vajra in general is a substance harder than any other and thus indestructible. In this text also the name of the 11th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1209
vajra maṇḍala
Wylie: rdo rje’i dkyil ’khor
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: vajramaṇḍala
The 24th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1210
vajra-like
Wylie: rdo rje lta bu
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: vajropama
The 56th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1211
vajra-like
Wylie: rdo rje lta bu
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: vajropamo
The twenty-seventh of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.1212
vajra-like
Wylie: rdo rje lta bu
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: vajropama
The nineteenth of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.1213
vajra-like meditative stability
Wylie: rdo rje lta bu’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: vajropamasamādhi
g.1214
vajra-like wisdom
Wylie: ye shes rdo rje lta bu
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit: vajropamajñāna
g.1215
Vajramati
Wylie: rdo rje blo gros
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: vajramati
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1216
Vardhamānamati
Wylie: blo gros ’phel ba
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་འཕེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vardhamānamati
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1217
Varuṇadeva
Wylie: chu bdag lha
Tibetan: ཆུ་བདག་ལྷ།
Sanskrit: varuṇadeva
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1218
Vaśavartin
Wylie: rab ’phrul dga’
Tibetan: རབ་འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit: vaśavartin
King of the gods of Paranirmitavaśavartin.
g.1219
Vaśavartin
Wylie: dbang byed
Tibetan: དབང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: vaśavartin
g.1220
Vaśībhūtā
Wylie: dbang du gyur pa
Tibetan: དབང་དུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: vaśībhūtā
Name of a world system in the northwestern direction, where the buddha Ekacchatra teaches the perfection of wisdom to bodhisattva great beings.
g.1221
vehicle of the bodhisattvas
Wylie: byang chub sems dpa’i theg pa
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་ཐེག་པ།
Sanskrit: bodhisattvayāna
This is equivalent to the Great Vehicle.
g.1222
venerable
Wylie: tshe dang ldan pa
Tibetan: ཚེ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: āyuṣmān
A monk or mendicant of seniority. Āyuṣmān (tshe dang ldan pa) is a title of respect directed toward a monk or wandering mendicant who is venerable and in a position of seniority, but not a fully realized buddha. (In the Lalitavistara, ch. 26, Śākyamuni famously rejects this title as a suitable term of address for himself. See, e.g., Dudjom Rinpoche 1991: p. 423). Āyuṣmān may imply one who has held monastic ordination for a significant number of years, and who has some level of realization, but is still “mortal” and tied to cyclic existence, in contrast to the buddhas, who are “immortal.” Even today Thai monks colloquially address each other, using ayusma for someone senior and avuso (“friend”) for someone junior.
g.1223
verbal abuse
Wylie: zhe gcod pa
Tibetan: ཞེ་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit: pāruṣya
Sixth of the ten nonvirtuous actions. Also rendered as “harsh words” or “words of reprimand.”
g.1224
verses
Wylie: tshigs su bcad pa
Tibetan: ཚིགས་སུ་བཅད་པ།
Sanskrit: gāthā
Fourth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.
g.1225
very limit of reality
Wylie: yang dag pa’i mtha’
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པའི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit: bhūtakoṭi
This term has three meanings: (1) the ultimate nature, (2) the experience of the ultimate nature, and (3) the quiescent state of a worthy one (arhat) to be avoided by bodhisattvas.
g.1226
vetiver
Wylie: rtsi skyang
Tibetan: རྩི་སྐྱང་།
Sanskrit: vīraṇa AD
Andropogon Muricatus.
g.1227
victory banner
Wylie: rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: dhvaja
One of the eight auspicious symbols, often in the form of a rooftop ornament, representing the Buddha’s victory over malign forces.
g.1228
viewing the essential nature of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi ngo bo nyid rnam par lta ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmasvabhāvavyavalokano
The first of the fifty-one meditative stabilities manifested to Sadāprarudita in chapter 73.
g.1229
Vigatarajaḥsañcayā
Wylie: rdul gyi tshogs dang bral ba
Tibetan: རྡུལ་གྱི་ཚོགས་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vigatarajaḥsañcayā
Name of a world system in the southwestern direction, where the buddha Sūryamaṇḍalaprabhāsottamaśrī teaches the perfection of wisdom to bodhisattva great beings.
g.1230
Vigataśoka
Wylie: ngan med pa
Tibetan: ངན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vigataśoka
Name of a bodhisattva from a distant world system in the southern direction called Sarvaśokāpagata, who comes to this world to pay homage to the Buddha.
g.1231
Vijayavikrāmin
Wylie: rnam par rgyal bas rnam par gnon pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྒྱལ་བས་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པ།
Sanskrit: vijayavikrāmin
Name of a bodhisattva from a distant world system in the northeastern intermediate direction called Samādhyalaṅkṛta, who comes to this world to pay homage to the Buddha.
g.1232
Vimuktisena
Wylie: rnam grol sde
Tibetan: རྣམ་གྲོལ་སྡེ།
Sanskrit: vimuktisena
Indian commentator on the Abhisamayālaṃkāra (fl. early sixth century).
g.1233
Vinaya
Wylie: ’dul ba
Tibetan: འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vinaya
The vows and texts pertaining to monastic discipline.
g.1234
virtuous attributes
Wylie: dge ba’i chos
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: kuśaladharma
Also translated here as “virtuous phenomena.”
g.1235
virtuous phenomena
Wylie: dge ba’i chos
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit: kuśaladharma
Also translated here as “virtuous attributes.” For a listing of the mundane virtuous phenomena, see 8.32.
g.1236
Viśeṣamati
Wylie: ’phags pa’i blo gros
Tibetan: འཕགས་པའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: viśeṣamati
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1237
Viśrāntin
Wylie: ngal bso po
Tibetan: ངལ་བསོ་པོ།
Sanskrit: viśrāntin
An epithet of Vaiśravaṇa, one of the Four Great Kings.
g.1238
visually compounded sensory contact
Wylie: mig gi ’dus te reg pa
Tibetan: མིག་གི་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པ།
Sanskrit: cakṣuḥsaṃsparśa
g.1239
viviparous birth
Wylie: mngal nas skyes pa
Tibetan: མངལ་ནས་སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit: jārāyuja
First of the four modes of birth.
g.1240
voice like the trumpeting of an elephant or the roar of a dragon
Wylie: glang po’i nga ro dang / ’brug gi dbyangs dang ldan pa
Tibetan: གླང་པོའི་ང་རོ་དང་། འབྲུག་གི་དབྱངས་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: gajagarjitajīmūtaghoṣa
Fifty-first of the eighty minor marks.
g.1241
voidness of all phenomena
Wylie: chos thams cad rnam par dben pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་དབེན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvadharmavivikta
The second of twenty-four aspects of the perfection of wisdom taught by Dharmodgata, and realized as meditative stabilities by Sadāprarudita, in chapter 75.
g.1242
Vulture Peak
Wylie: ri bya rgod ’phungs po
Tibetan: རི་བྱ་རྒོད་འཕུངས་པོ།
Sanskrit: gṛdhrakūṭa
The Gṛdhrakūṭa, literally Vulture Peak, was a hill located in the kingdom of Magadha, in the vicinity of the ancient city of Rājagṛha (modern-day Rajgir, in the state of Bihar, India), where the Buddha bestowed many sūtras, especially the Great Vehicle teachings, such as the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras. It continues to be a sacred pilgrimage site for Buddhists to this day.
g.1243
Vyūharāja
Wylie: rnam par bkod pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་བཀོད་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: vyūharāja
Name of a bodhisattva.
g.1244
Vyūharāja
Wylie: rgyan gyi rgyal po
Tibetan: རྒྱན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: vyūharāja
Name of a series of future buddhas.
g.1245
well-proportioned body
Wylie: sku legs par mnyam pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་ལེགས་པར་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit: samakrama
Twenty-sixth of the eighty minor marks.
g.1246
when beings are inclined toward pleasant states
Wylie: sdug par mos par gyur pa, bzang bar mos pa
Tibetan: སྡུག་པར་མོས་པར་གྱུར་པ།, བཟང་བར་མོས་པ།
Sanskrit: śubhādhimukti
Third of the eight aspects of liberation.
g.1247
when corporeal beings observe physical forms
Wylie: gzugs can gyis gzugs rnams mthong ba
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཅན་གྱིས་གཟུགས་རྣམས་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit: rūpī rūpāṇi paśyati
First of the eight aspects of liberation.
g.1248
when formless beings endowed with internal perception observe external physical forms
Wylie: nang gzugs med pa’i ’du shes dang ldan pas phyi rol gyi gzugs rnams mthong ba
Tibetan: ནང་གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས་དང་ལྡན་པས་ཕྱི་རོལ་གྱི་གཟུགས་རྣམས་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit: adhyātmamarūpasaṃjñī bahirthā rūpāṇi paśyati
Second of the eight aspects of liberation.
g.1249
white-blotched skin
Wylie: sha bkra
Tibetan: ཤ་བཀྲ།
Sanskrit: kilāsa
The Sanskrit and Tibetan terms are sometimes used to denote leucoderma or vitiligo, a benign skin condition, but the context here suggest this is more likely to be a reference to the pale skin lesions seen in certain forms of leprosy.
g.1250
whites of their eyes and dark pupils are sharply demarcated
Wylie: spyan dkar nag ’byes pa
Tibetan: སྤྱན་དཀར་ནག་འབྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit: abhinīlanetratā
Thirty-first of the thirty-two major marks. The Sanskrit term indicates a deep blue color instead.
g.1251
wind disorders
Wylie: rlung gyi nad, rlung las gyur pa’i nad
Tibetan: རླུང་གྱི་ནད།, རླུང་ལས་གྱུར་པའི་ནད།
Sanskrit: vātikāvyādhi
First of the four kinds of disease.
g.1252
wisdom
Wylie: shes rab
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit: prajñā
In the context of the perfections, wisdom is the sixth of the six perfections. The translation of prajñā (shes rab) by “wisdom” here defers to the precedent established by Edward Conze in his writings. It has a certain poetic resonance which more accurate renderings—“discernment,” “discriminative awareness,” or “intelligence”—unfortunately lack. It should be remembered that in Abhidharma, prajñā is classed as one of the five object-determining mental states (pañcaviṣayaniyata, yul nges lnga), alongside “will,” “resolve,” “mindfulness,” and “meditative stability.” Following Asaṅga’s Abhidharmasamuccaya, Jamgon Kongtrul (TOK, Book 6, Pt. 2, p. 498), defines prajñā as “the discriminative awareness that analyzes specific and general characteristics.” Therefore “wisdom” in this context is to be understood in the cognitive or analytical Germanic sense of witan or weis (Dayal 1932: p. 136) and not as an abstract “body of knowledge,” or in any aloof and mysterious theosophical sense. Nor indeed is there any association with the Greek sophia. Also translated here as “discriminative awareness.”See also “perfection of wisdom.”
g.1253
wishlessness
Wylie: smon pa med pa
Tibetan: སྨོན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: apraṇihita
The ultimate absence of any wish, desire, or aspiration, even those directed towards buddhahood. One of the three gateways to liberation; the other two are emptiness and signlessness.
g.1254
wishlessness as a gateway to liberation
Wylie: rnam par thar pa’i sgo smon pa med pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་སྒོ་སྨོན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: apraṇihitavimokṣamukha
Third of the three gateways to liberation.
g.1255
without a self
Wylie: bdag med
Tibetan: བདག་མེད།
Sanskrit: ātmāsadbhūtatva, nairātmya
Selflessness denotes the lack of inherent existence in persons and also, more subtly, in all physical and mental phenomena. Also translated here as “nonself.”
g.1256
without apprehending anything
Wylie: mi dmigs pa’i tshul du
Tibetan: མི་དམིགས་པའི་ཚུལ་དུ།
Sanskrit: anupalambhayogena
The expression “without apprehending anything” suggests that bodhisattva great beings should teach without perceiving anything as inherently existing. Lamotte, The Treatise on the Great Virtue of Wisdom, vol. IV, p. 1763, note 564, renders this term as “by a method of non perceiving.”
g.1257
without clumsiness
Wylie: ’khrul pa mi mnga’, ’khrul pa med pa
Tibetan: འཁྲུལ་པ་མི་མངའ།, འཁྲུལ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsti skhalitam
First of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.1258
without differentiating perceptions
Wylie: ’du shes sna tshogs mi mnga’, tha dad pa’i ’du shes med pa
Tibetan: འདུ་ཤེས་སྣ་ཚོགས་མི་མངའ།, ཐ་དད་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsti nānātvasaṃjñā
Fourth or fifth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.1259
without enmity
Wylie: gtsugs med pa
Tibetan: གཙུགས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asamucchita
g.1260
without false memories
Wylie: dgongs pa nyams pa mi mnga’, bsnyel ba med pa
Tibetan: དགོངས་པ་ཉམས་པ་མི་མངའ།, བསྙེལ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsti muṣitasmṛtitā
Third of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.1261
without fear
Wylie: ’jigs pa med pa
Tibetan: འཇིགས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: [vivṛta]
The 48th meditative stability in chapter 6. The translation here follows the Tibetan; in the Sanskrit texts, this meditative stability is vivṛta, “uncovered.”
g.1262
without obstacles
Wylie: bar chad med pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: བར་ཆད་མེད་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: ānantaryasamādhi
A meditative stability.
g.1263
without settled focus
Wylie: gnas su bya ba med pa
Tibetan: གནས་སུ་བྱ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: niradhiṣṭhāna
The 87th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8.
g.1264
without the indifference that lacks discernment
Wylie: ma brtags pa’i btang snyoms med pa, so sor ma brtags pa’i btang snyoms med pa
Tibetan: མ་བརྟགས་པའི་བཏང་སྙོམས་མེད་པ།, སོ་སོར་མ་བརྟགས་པའི་བཏང་སྙོམས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: apratisaṃkhyāyopeksā
Sixth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.1265
without uncomposed minds
Wylie: thugs mnyam par ma bzhag pa mi mnga’, sems mnyam par ma bzhag pa med pa
Tibetan: ཐུགས་མཉམ་པར་མ་བཞག་པ་མི་མངའ།, སེམས་མཉམ་པར་མ་བཞག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: nāsty asamāhitacitta
Fourth or fifth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.
g.1266
words of reprimand
Wylie: zhe gcod pa, zhe gcod pa’i tshig
Tibetan: ཞེ་གཅོད་པ།, ཞེ་གཅོད་པའི་ཚིག
Sanskrit: pāruṣya, pāruṣavacana
Sixth of the ten nonvirtuous actions. Also rendered as “verbal abuse” or “harsh words.”
g.1267
world of Patient Endurance
Wylie: ’jig rten gyi khams mi mjed, mi mjed
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས་མི་མཇེད།, མི་མཇེད།
Sanskrit: sahālokadhātu, sahā
The name for our world system, the universe of a thousand million worlds, or trichiliocosm, in which the four-continent world is located. Each trichiliocosm is ruled by a god Brahmā; thus, in this context, he bears the title of Sahāṃpati, Lord of Sahā. The world system of Sahā, or Sahālokadhātu, is also described as the buddhafield of the Buddha Śākyamuni where he teaches the Dharma to beings. The name Sahā possibly derives from the Sanskrit √sah, “to bear, endure, or withstand.” It is often interpreted as alluding to the inhabitants of this world being able to endure the suffering they encounter. The Tibetan translation, mi mjed, follows along the same lines. It literally means “not painful,” in the sense that beings here are able to bear the suffering they experience.
g.1268
world of Yama
Wylie: gshin rje’i ’jig rten
Tibetan: གཤིན་རྗེའི་འཇིག་རྟེན།
Sanskrit: yamaloka
The land of the dead ruled over by Yama, the Lord of Death. While the dominion of Yama is often said to include the hells, too, in this and other texts “the world of Yama” mostly figures in mentions of the three lower realms and can be taken as referring to the realm of anguished spirits (preta), where beings generally suffer from deprivation, hunger, and thirst as the ripening of harmful actions driven by miserly attachment and stinginess. In a few passages, however (in chapters 32 and 46), the anguished spirits are explicitly mentioned as well as the beings of the world of Yama, and it is not clear what the distinction may be.
g.1269
worthy repository
Wylie: snod du gyur pa
Tibetan: སྣོད་དུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: pātragata
A meditative stability.
g.1270
wrong view
Wylie: lta ba
Tibetan: ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: dṛṣṭi
Second of the four torrents.
g.1271
wrong views
Wylie: log par lta ba
Tibetan: ལོག་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: mithyādṛṣṭi
Tenth of the ten nonvirtuous actions.
g.1272
yakṣa
Wylie: gnod sbyin
Tibetan: གནོད་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit: yakṣa
A class of male and female spirits, depicted as holding choppers, cleavers, and swords. Inhabiting mountainous areas and sylvan groves, their name in Tibetan (gnod sbyin, “granting harm”) suggests a malign nature.
g.1273
Yama
Wylie: gshin rje
Tibetan: གཤིན་རྗེ།
Sanskrit: yama
Lord of death. See also “world of Yama.”
g.1274
Yāma
Wylie: mtshe ma
Tibetan: མཚེ་མ།
Sanskrit: yāma
Third god realm of desire, meaning “Strifeless.”
g.1275
Yaśodharā
Wylie: grags ’dzin
Tibetan: གྲགས་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: yaśodharā
The wife of Prince Siddhartha and mother of his son Rāhula. She took up an ascetic lifestyle after his departure from the palace, and later, when women were finally allowed to go forth, became a nun under Mahāprajāpatī. She attained the level of arhat and was declared foremost among nuns possessing the superknowledges.
g.1276
yawning lion
Wylie: seng ge rnam par bsgyings pa
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་བསྒྱིངས་པ།
Sanskrit: siṃhavijṛmbhita
The 28th meditative stability in chapters 6 and 8, and a meditative stability on its own. According to the Long Commentary on the Hundred Thousand Lines (Toh 3807, F.53.a), it refers to a tathāgata’s power to overcome or even preempt all opposition by sheer power and magnificence.
g.1277
Yerpa
Wylie: yer pa
Tibetan: ཡེར་པ།
A site in Tibet near Lhasa, originally a place of retreat, with many caves and small temples.
g.1278
Yeshé Dé
Wylie: ye shes sde
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་སྡེ།
Yeshé Dé (late eighth to early ninth century) was the most prolific translator of sūtras into Tibetan. Altogether he is credited with the translation of more than one hundred sixty sūtra translations and more than one hundred additional translations, mostly on tantric topics. In spite of Yeshé Dé’s great importance for the propagation of Buddhism in Tibet during the imperial era, only a few biographical details about this figure are known. Later sources describe him as a student of the Indian teacher Padmasambhava, and he is also credited with teaching both sūtra and tantra widely to students of his own. He was also known as Nanam Yeshé Dé, from the Nanam (sna nam) clan.
g.1279
yojana
Wylie: dpag tshad
Tibetan: དཔག་ཚད།
Sanskrit: yojana
A measure of distance sometimes translated as “league,” but with varying definitions. The Sanskrit term denotes the distance yoked oxen can travel in a day or before needing to be unyoked. From different canonical sources the distance represented varies between four and ten miles.
g.1280
youthful one
Wylie: gzhon nur gyur pa
Tibetan: གཞོན་ནུར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: kumārabhūta
The term, depending on context, can refer either to bodhisattvas who remain celibate, or to bodhisattvas at the advanced level of “crown prince” who are awaiting the final stages to buddhahood that include regency and consecration. See also “level of a crown prince.”